Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in config
tc-arc.c revision 1.1.1.6
      1      1.1  christos /* tc-arc.c -- Assembler for the ARC
      2  1.1.1.6  christos    Copyright (C) 1994-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      3  1.1.1.2  christos 
      4  1.1.1.2  christos    Contributor: Claudiu Zissulescu <claziss (at) synopsys.com>
      5      1.1  christos 
      6      1.1  christos    This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
      7      1.1  christos 
      8      1.1  christos    GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
      9      1.1  christos    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     10      1.1  christos    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
     11      1.1  christos    any later version.
     12      1.1  christos 
     13      1.1  christos    GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     14      1.1  christos    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     15      1.1  christos    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     16      1.1  christos    GNU General Public License for more details.
     17      1.1  christos 
     18      1.1  christos    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     19      1.1  christos    along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
     20      1.1  christos    Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
     21      1.1  christos    02110-1301, USA.  */
     22      1.1  christos 
     23      1.1  christos #include "as.h"
     24  1.1.1.2  christos #include "subsegs.h"
     25  1.1.1.2  christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
     26  1.1.1.3  christos #include "dw2gencfi.h"
     27      1.1  christos #include "safe-ctype.h"
     28  1.1.1.2  christos 
     29      1.1  christos #include "opcode/arc.h"
     30  1.1.1.4  christos #include "opcode/arc-attrs.h"
     31      1.1  christos #include "elf/arc.h"
     32  1.1.1.3  christos #include "../opcodes/arc-ext.h"
     33      1.1  christos 
     34  1.1.1.2  christos /* Defines section.  */
     35      1.1  christos 
     36  1.1.1.2  christos #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS      2
     37  1.1.1.2  christos #define MAX_CONSTR_STR       20
     38  1.1.1.3  christos #define FRAG_MAX_GROWTH      8
     39  1.1.1.2  christos 
     40  1.1.1.2  christos #ifdef DEBUG
     41  1.1.1.2  christos # define pr_debug(fmt, args...) fprintf (stderr, fmt, ##args)
     42  1.1.1.2  christos #else
     43  1.1.1.2  christos # define pr_debug(fmt, args...)
     44  1.1.1.2  christos #endif
     45  1.1.1.2  christos 
     46  1.1.1.2  christos #define MAJOR_OPCODE(x)  (((x) & 0xF8000000) >> 27)
     47  1.1.1.2  christos #define SUB_OPCODE(x)	 (((x) & 0x003F0000) >> 16)
     48  1.1.1.4  christos #define LP_INSN(x)	 ((MAJOR_OPCODE (x) == 0x4) \
     49  1.1.1.4  christos 			  && (SUB_OPCODE (x) == 0x28))
     50  1.1.1.2  christos 
     51  1.1.1.3  christos #ifndef TARGET_WITH_CPU
     52  1.1.1.3  christos #define TARGET_WITH_CPU "arc700"
     53  1.1.1.3  christos #endif /* TARGET_WITH_CPU */
     54  1.1.1.3  christos 
     55  1.1.1.4  christos #define ARC_GET_FLAG(s)   	(*symbol_get_tc (s))
     56  1.1.1.4  christos #define ARC_SET_FLAG(s,v) 	(*symbol_get_tc (s) |= (v))
     57  1.1.1.4  christos #define streq(a, b)	      (strcmp (a, b) == 0)
     58  1.1.1.4  christos 
     59  1.1.1.3  christos /* Enum used to enumerate the relaxable ins operands.  */
     60  1.1.1.3  christos enum rlx_operand_type
     61  1.1.1.3  christos {
     62  1.1.1.3  christos   EMPTY = 0,
     63  1.1.1.3  christos   REGISTER,
     64  1.1.1.3  christos   REGISTER_S,     /* Register for short instruction(s).  */
     65  1.1.1.3  christos   REGISTER_NO_GP, /* Is a register but not gp register specifically.  */
     66  1.1.1.3  christos   REGISTER_DUP,   /* Duplication of previous operand of type register.  */
     67  1.1.1.3  christos   IMMEDIATE,
     68  1.1.1.3  christos   BRACKET
     69  1.1.1.3  christos };
     70  1.1.1.3  christos 
     71  1.1.1.3  christos enum arc_rlx_types
     72  1.1.1.3  christos {
     73  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_NONE = 0,
     74  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_BL_S,
     75  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_BL,
     76  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_B_S,
     77  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_B,
     78  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_ADD_U3,
     79  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_ADD_U6,
     80  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_ADD_LIMM,
     81  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_LD_U7,
     82  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_LD_S9,
     83  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_LD_LIMM,
     84  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MOV_U8,
     85  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MOV_S12,
     86  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MOV_LIMM,
     87  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_SUB_U3,
     88  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_SUB_U6,
     89  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_SUB_LIMM,
     90  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MPY_U6,
     91  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MPY_LIMM,
     92  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MOV_RU6,
     93  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_MOV_RLIMM,
     94  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_ADD_RRU6,
     95  1.1.1.3  christos   ARC_RLX_ADD_RRLIMM,
     96  1.1.1.3  christos };
     97  1.1.1.3  christos 
     98  1.1.1.2  christos /* Macros section.  */
     99  1.1.1.2  christos 
    100  1.1.1.2  christos #define regno(x)		((x) & 0x3F)
    101  1.1.1.2  christos #define is_ir_num(x)		(((x) & ~0x3F) == 0)
    102  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_code_density_p(sc)   (((sc) == CD1 || (sc) == CD2))
    103  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_spfp_p(op)           (((sc) == SPX))
    104  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_dpfp_p(op)           (((sc) == DPX))
    105  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_fpuda_p(op)          (((sc) == DPA))
    106  1.1.1.4  christos #define is_br_jmp_insn_p(op)    (((op)->insn_class == BRANCH		\
    107  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == JUMP		\
    108  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == BRCC		\
    109  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == BBIT0		\
    110  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == BBIT1		\
    111  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == BI		\
    112  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == EI		\
    113  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == ENTER		\
    114  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == JLI		\
    115  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == LOOP		\
    116  1.1.1.4  christos 				  || (op)->insn_class == LEAVE		\
    117  1.1.1.4  christos 				  ))
    118  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_kernel_insn_p(op)    (((op)->insn_class == KERNEL))
    119  1.1.1.3  christos #define is_nps400_p(op)         (((sc) == NPS400))
    120      1.1  christos 
    121  1.1.1.2  christos /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
    122  1.1.1.2  christos    targets.  */
    123      1.1  christos 
    124  1.1.1.2  christos /* Characters which always start a comment.  */
    125      1.1  christos const char comment_chars[] = "#;";
    126      1.1  christos 
    127  1.1.1.2  christos /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line.  */
    128      1.1  christos const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
    129      1.1  christos 
    130  1.1.1.2  christos /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
    131  1.1.1.2  christos    single line.  */
    132  1.1.1.2  christos const char line_separator_chars[] = "`";
    133      1.1  christos 
    134  1.1.1.2  christos /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
    135  1.1.1.2  christos    point number.  */
    136      1.1  christos const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
    137      1.1  christos 
    138      1.1  christos /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant
    139      1.1  christos    As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.  */
    140      1.1  christos const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdD";
    141      1.1  christos 
    142      1.1  christos /* Byte order.  */
    143      1.1  christos extern int target_big_endian;
    144      1.1  christos const char *arc_target_format = DEFAULT_TARGET_FORMAT;
    145      1.1  christos static int byte_order = DEFAULT_BYTE_ORDER;
    146      1.1  christos 
    147  1.1.1.3  christos /* Arc extension section.  */
    148  1.1.1.3  christos static segT arcext_section;
    149  1.1.1.3  christos 
    150  1.1.1.3  christos /* By default relaxation is disabled.  */
    151  1.1.1.3  christos static int relaxation_state = 0;
    152  1.1.1.3  christos 
    153  1.1.1.2  christos extern int arc_get_mach (char *);
    154      1.1  christos 
    155  1.1.1.3  christos /* Forward declarations.  */
    156  1.1.1.2  christos static void arc_lcomm (int);
    157  1.1.1.2  christos static void arc_option (int);
    158  1.1.1.2  christos static void arc_extra_reloc (int);
    159  1.1.1.3  christos static void arc_extinsn (int);
    160  1.1.1.3  christos static void arc_extcorereg (int);
    161  1.1.1.4  christos static void arc_attribute (int);
    162      1.1  christos 
    163  1.1.1.2  christos const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
    164  1.1.1.2  christos {
    165  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Make sure that .word is 32 bits.  */
    166  1.1.1.2  christos   { "word", cons, 4 },
    167      1.1  christos 
    168  1.1.1.2  christos   { "align",   s_align_bytes, 0 }, /* Defaulting is invalid (0).  */
    169  1.1.1.2  christos   { "lcomm",   arc_lcomm, 0 },
    170  1.1.1.2  christos   { "lcommon", arc_lcomm, 0 },
    171  1.1.1.2  christos   { "cpu",     arc_option, 0 },
    172  1.1.1.2  christos 
    173  1.1.1.4  christos   { "arc_attribute",   arc_attribute, 0 },
    174  1.1.1.3  christos   { "extinstruction",  arc_extinsn, 0 },
    175  1.1.1.3  christos   { "extcoreregister", arc_extcorereg, EXT_CORE_REGISTER },
    176  1.1.1.3  christos   { "extauxregister",  arc_extcorereg, EXT_AUX_REGISTER },
    177  1.1.1.3  christos   { "extcondcode",     arc_extcorereg, EXT_COND_CODE },
    178  1.1.1.3  christos 
    179  1.1.1.2  christos   { "tls_gd_ld",   arc_extra_reloc, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD },
    180  1.1.1.2  christos   { "tls_gd_call", arc_extra_reloc, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_CALL },
    181  1.1.1.2  christos 
    182  1.1.1.2  christos   { NULL, NULL, 0 }
    183  1.1.1.2  christos };
    184      1.1  christos 
    185      1.1  christos const char *md_shortopts = "";
    186      1.1  christos 
    187      1.1  christos enum options
    188      1.1  christos {
    189      1.1  christos   OPTION_EB = OPTION_MD_BASE,
    190      1.1  christos   OPTION_EL,
    191  1.1.1.2  christos 
    192  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_ARC600,
    193  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_ARC601,
    194  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_ARC700,
    195  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_ARCEM,
    196  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_ARCHS,
    197  1.1.1.2  christos 
    198  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_MCPU,
    199  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_CD,
    200  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_RELAX,
    201  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_NPS400,
    202  1.1.1.3  christos 
    203  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_SPFP,
    204  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_DPFP,
    205  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_FPUDA,
    206  1.1.1.2  christos 
    207  1.1.1.2  christos   /* The following options are deprecated and provided here only for
    208  1.1.1.2  christos      compatibility reasons.  */
    209  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_USER_MODE,
    210  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK,
    211  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_SWAP,
    212  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_NORM,
    213  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT,
    214  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_MIN_MAX,
    215  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_NO_MPY,
    216  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_EA,
    217  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_MUL64,
    218  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_SIMD,
    219  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_XMAC_D16,
    220  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_XMAC_24,
    221  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_DSP_PACKA,
    222  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_CRC,
    223  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_DVBF,
    224  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_TELEPHONY,
    225  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_XYMEMORY,
    226  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_LOCK,
    227  1.1.1.2  christos   OPTION_SWAPE,
    228  1.1.1.3  christos   OPTION_RTSC
    229      1.1  christos };
    230      1.1  christos 
    231      1.1  christos struct option md_longopts[] =
    232      1.1  christos {
    233  1.1.1.2  christos   { "EB",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_EB },
    234  1.1.1.2  christos   { "EL",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_EL },
    235  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mcpu",		required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MCPU },
    236  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mA6",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARC600 },
    237  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mARC600",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARC600 },
    238  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mARC601",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARC601 },
    239  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mARC700",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARC700 },
    240  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mA7",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARC700 },
    241  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mEM",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARCEM },
    242  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mHS",		no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_ARCHS },
    243  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mcode-density",	no_argument,	   NULL, OPTION_CD },
    244  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mrelax",           no_argument,       NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
    245  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mnps400",          no_argument,       NULL, OPTION_NPS400 },
    246  1.1.1.3  christos 
    247  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Floating point options */
    248  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mspfp", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
    249  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mspfp-compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
    250  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mspfp_compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
    251  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mspfp-fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
    252  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mspfp_fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
    253  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mdpfp", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
    254  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mdpfp-compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
    255  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mdpfp_compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
    256  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mdpfp-fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
    257  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mdpfp_fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
    258  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mfpuda", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_FPUDA},
    259  1.1.1.2  christos 
    260  1.1.1.2  christos   /* The following options are deprecated and provided here only for
    261  1.1.1.2  christos      compatibility reasons.  */
    262  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mav2em", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCEM },
    263  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mav2hs", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCHS },
    264  1.1.1.2  christos   { "muser-mode-only", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_USER_MODE },
    265  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mld-extension-reg-mask", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK },
    266  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mswap", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SWAP },
    267  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mnorm", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NORM },
    268  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mbarrel-shifter", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT },
    269  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mbarrel_shifter", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT },
    270  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmin-max", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MIN_MAX },
    271  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmin_max", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MIN_MAX },
    272  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mno-mpy", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MPY },
    273  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mea", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EA },
    274  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mEA", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EA },
    275  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmul64", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MUL64 },
    276  1.1.1.2  christos   { "msimd", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SIMD},
    277  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmac-d16", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_D16},
    278  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmac_d16", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_D16},
    279  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmac-24", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_24},
    280  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mmac_24", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_24},
    281  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mdsp-packa", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DSP_PACKA},
    282  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mdsp_packa", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DSP_PACKA},
    283  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mcrc", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CRC},
    284  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mdvbf", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DVBF},
    285  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mtelephony", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_TELEPHONY},
    286  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mxy", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XYMEMORY},
    287  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mlock", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_LOCK},
    288  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mswape", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SWAPE},
    289  1.1.1.2  christos   { "mrtsc", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RTSC},
    290  1.1.1.2  christos 
    291  1.1.1.2  christos   { NULL,		no_argument, NULL, 0 }
    292      1.1  christos };
    293  1.1.1.2  christos 
    294      1.1  christos size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
    295      1.1  christos 
    296  1.1.1.2  christos /* Local data and data types.  */
    297  1.1.1.2  christos 
    298  1.1.1.2  christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
    299  1.1.1.2  christos    file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*).  */
    300  1.1.1.2  christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
    301  1.1.1.2  christos 
    302  1.1.1.2  christos struct arc_fixup
    303  1.1.1.2  christos {
    304  1.1.1.2  christos   expressionS exp;
    305      1.1  christos 
    306  1.1.1.2  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
    307      1.1  christos 
    308  1.1.1.2  christos   /* index into arc_operands.  */
    309  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int opindex;
    310      1.1  christos 
    311  1.1.1.2  christos   /* PC-relative, used by internals fixups.  */
    312  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned char pcrel;
    313  1.1.1.2  christos 
    314  1.1.1.2  christos   /* TRUE if this fixup is for LIMM operand.  */
    315  1.1.1.6  christos   bool islong;
    316  1.1.1.2  christos };
    317  1.1.1.2  christos 
    318  1.1.1.2  christos struct arc_insn
    319      1.1  christos {
    320  1.1.1.4  christos   unsigned long long int insn;
    321  1.1.1.2  christos   int nfixups;
    322  1.1.1.2  christos   struct arc_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
    323  1.1.1.2  christos   long limm;
    324  1.1.1.6  christos   unsigned int len;     /* Length of instruction in bytes.  */
    325  1.1.1.6  christos   bool has_limm;	/* Boolean value: TRUE if limm field is valid.  */
    326  1.1.1.6  christos   bool relax;		/* Boolean value: TRUE if needs relaxation.  */
    327  1.1.1.2  christos };
    328      1.1  christos 
    329  1.1.1.2  christos /* Structure to hold any last two instructions.  */
    330  1.1.1.2  christos static struct arc_last_insn
    331      1.1  christos {
    332  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Saved instruction opcode.  */
    333  1.1.1.2  christos   const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
    334      1.1  christos 
    335  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Boolean value: TRUE if current insn is short.  */
    336  1.1.1.6  christos   bool has_limm;
    337      1.1  christos 
    338  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Boolean value: TRUE if current insn has delay slot.  */
    339  1.1.1.6  christos   bool has_delay_slot;
    340  1.1.1.2  christos } arc_last_insns[2];
    341  1.1.1.2  christos 
    342  1.1.1.3  christos /* Extension instruction suffix classes.  */
    343  1.1.1.3  christos typedef struct
    344  1.1.1.3  christos {
    345  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *name;
    346  1.1.1.3  christos   int  len;
    347  1.1.1.3  christos   int  attr_class;
    348  1.1.1.3  christos } attributes_t;
    349  1.1.1.3  christos 
    350  1.1.1.3  christos static const attributes_t suffixclass[] =
    351  1.1.1.3  christos {
    352  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SUFFIX_FLAG", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_FLAG },
    353  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SUFFIX_COND", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_COND },
    354  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SUFFIX_NONE", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_NONE }
    355  1.1.1.3  christos };
    356  1.1.1.3  christos 
    357  1.1.1.3  christos /* Extension instruction syntax classes.  */
    358  1.1.1.3  christos static const attributes_t syntaxclass[] =
    359  1.1.1.3  christos {
    360  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SYNTAX_3OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_3OP },
    361  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SYNTAX_2OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_2OP },
    362  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SYNTAX_1OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_1OP },
    363  1.1.1.3  christos   { "SYNTAX_NOP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_NOP }
    364  1.1.1.3  christos };
    365  1.1.1.3  christos 
    366  1.1.1.3  christos /* Extension instruction syntax classes modifiers.  */
    367  1.1.1.3  christos static const attributes_t syntaxclassmod[] =
    368  1.1.1.3  christos {
    369  1.1.1.3  christos   { "OP1_IMM_IMPLIED" , 15, ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED },
    370  1.1.1.3  christos   { "OP1_MUST_BE_IMM" , 15, ARC_OP1_MUST_BE_IMM }
    371  1.1.1.3  christos };
    372  1.1.1.3  christos 
    373  1.1.1.3  christos /* Extension register type.  */
    374  1.1.1.3  christos typedef struct
    375  1.1.1.3  christos {
    376  1.1.1.3  christos   char *name;
    377  1.1.1.3  christos   int  number;
    378  1.1.1.3  christos   int  imode;
    379  1.1.1.3  christos } extRegister_t;
    380  1.1.1.3  christos 
    381  1.1.1.3  christos /* A structure to hold the additional conditional codes.  */
    382  1.1.1.3  christos static struct
    383  1.1.1.3  christos {
    384  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_flag_operand *arc_ext_condcode;
    385  1.1.1.3  christos   int size;
    386  1.1.1.3  christos } ext_condcode = { NULL, 0 };
    387  1.1.1.3  christos 
    388  1.1.1.3  christos /* Structure to hold an entry in ARC_OPCODE_HASH.  */
    389  1.1.1.3  christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry
    390  1.1.1.3  christos {
    391  1.1.1.3  christos   /* The number of pointers in the OPCODE list.  */
    392  1.1.1.3  christos   size_t count;
    393  1.1.1.3  christos 
    394  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Points to a list of opcode pointers.  */
    395  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode **opcode;
    396  1.1.1.3  christos };
    397  1.1.1.3  christos 
    398  1.1.1.3  christos /* Structure used for iterating through an arc_opcode_hash_entry.  */
    399  1.1.1.3  christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator
    400  1.1.1.3  christos {
    401  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Index into the OPCODE element of the arc_opcode_hash_entry.  */
    402  1.1.1.3  christos   size_t index;
    403  1.1.1.3  christos 
    404  1.1.1.3  christos   /* The specific ARC_OPCODE from the ARC_OPCODES table that was last
    405  1.1.1.3  christos      returned by this iterator.  */
    406  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
    407  1.1.1.3  christos };
    408  1.1.1.3  christos 
    409  1.1.1.3  christos /* Forward declaration.  */
    410  1.1.1.3  christos static void assemble_insn
    411  1.1.1.3  christos   (const struct arc_opcode *, const expressionS *, int,
    412  1.1.1.3  christos    const struct arc_flags *, int, struct arc_insn *);
    413  1.1.1.3  christos 
    414  1.1.1.4  christos /* The selection of the machine type can come from different sources.  This
    415  1.1.1.4  christos    enum is used to track how the selection was made in order to perform
    416  1.1.1.4  christos    error checks.  */
    417  1.1.1.4  christos enum mach_selection_type
    418  1.1.1.4  christos   {
    419  1.1.1.4  christos     MACH_SELECTION_NONE,
    420  1.1.1.4  christos     MACH_SELECTION_FROM_DEFAULT,
    421  1.1.1.4  christos     MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE,
    422  1.1.1.4  christos     MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE
    423  1.1.1.4  christos   };
    424      1.1  christos 
    425  1.1.1.4  christos /* How the current machine type was selected.  */
    426  1.1.1.4  christos static enum mach_selection_type mach_selection_mode = MACH_SELECTION_NONE;
    427      1.1  christos 
    428  1.1.1.2  christos /* The hash table of instruction opcodes.  */
    429  1.1.1.6  christos static htab_t arc_opcode_hash;
    430      1.1  christos 
    431  1.1.1.2  christos /* The hash table of register symbols.  */
    432  1.1.1.6  christos static htab_t arc_reg_hash;
    433  1.1.1.2  christos 
    434  1.1.1.3  christos /* The hash table of aux register symbols.  */
    435  1.1.1.6  christos static htab_t arc_aux_hash;
    436  1.1.1.3  christos 
    437  1.1.1.4  christos /* The hash table of address types.  */
    438  1.1.1.6  christos static htab_t arc_addrtype_hash;
    439  1.1.1.4  christos 
    440  1.1.1.4  christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_A6xx(NAME,EXTRA)			\
    441  1.1.1.4  christos   { #NAME, ARC_OPCODE_ARC600, bfd_mach_arc_arc600,	\
    442  1.1.1.4  christos       E_ARC_MACH_ARC600, EXTRA}
    443  1.1.1.4  christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_A7xx(NAME,EXTRA)			\
    444  1.1.1.4  christos   { #NAME, ARC_OPCODE_ARC700,  bfd_mach_arc_arc700,	\
    445  1.1.1.4  christos       E_ARC_MACH_ARC700, EXTRA}
    446  1.1.1.4  christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_AV2EM(NAME,EXTRA)			\
    447  1.1.1.4  christos   { #NAME,  ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM, bfd_mach_arc_arcv2,	\
    448  1.1.1.4  christos       EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2EM, EXTRA}
    449  1.1.1.4  christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_AV2HS(NAME,EXTRA)			\
    450  1.1.1.4  christos   { #NAME,  ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2HS, bfd_mach_arc_arcv2,	\
    451  1.1.1.4  christos       EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2HS, EXTRA}
    452  1.1.1.4  christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_NONE				\
    453  1.1.1.4  christos   { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
    454  1.1.1.4  christos 
    455  1.1.1.2  christos /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets.  */
    456  1.1.1.2  christos static const struct cpu_type
    457      1.1  christos {
    458  1.1.1.2  christos   const char *name;
    459  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned flags;
    460  1.1.1.2  christos   int mach;
    461  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned eflags;
    462  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned features;
    463  1.1.1.2  christos }
    464  1.1.1.2  christos   cpu_types[] =
    465  1.1.1.2  christos {
    466  1.1.1.4  christos   #include "elf/arc-cpu.def"
    467  1.1.1.2  christos };
    468      1.1  christos 
    469  1.1.1.4  christos /* Information about the cpu/variant we're assembling for.  */
    470  1.1.1.4  christos static struct cpu_type selected_cpu = { 0, 0, 0, E_ARC_OSABI_CURRENT, 0 };
    471  1.1.1.4  christos 
    472  1.1.1.5  christos /* TRUE if current assembly code uses RF16 only registers.  */
    473  1.1.1.6  christos static bool rf16_only = true;
    474  1.1.1.5  christos 
    475  1.1.1.4  christos /* MPY option.  */
    476  1.1.1.4  christos static unsigned mpy_option = 0;
    477  1.1.1.4  christos 
    478  1.1.1.4  christos /* Use PIC. */
    479  1.1.1.4  christos static unsigned pic_option = 0;
    480  1.1.1.4  christos 
    481  1.1.1.4  christos /* Use small data.  */
    482  1.1.1.4  christos static unsigned sda_option = 0;
    483  1.1.1.4  christos 
    484  1.1.1.4  christos /* Use TLS.  */
    485  1.1.1.4  christos static unsigned tls_option = 0;
    486  1.1.1.4  christos 
    487  1.1.1.4  christos /* Command line given features.  */
    488  1.1.1.4  christos static unsigned cl_features = 0;
    489  1.1.1.4  christos 
    490  1.1.1.2  christos /* Used by the arc_reloc_op table.  Order is important.  */
    491  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_gotoff  O_md1     /* @gotoff relocation.  */
    492  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_gotpc   O_md2     /* @gotpc relocation.  */
    493  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_plt     O_md3     /* @plt relocation.  */
    494  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_sda     O_md4     /* @sda relocation.  */
    495  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_pcl     O_md5     /* @pcl relocation.  */
    496  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_tlsgd   O_md6     /* @tlsgd relocation.  */
    497  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_tlsie   O_md7     /* @tlsie relocation.  */
    498  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_tpoff9  O_md8     /* @tpoff9 relocation.  */
    499  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_tpoff   O_md9     /* @tpoff relocation.  */
    500  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_dtpoff9 O_md10    /* @dtpoff9 relocation.  */
    501  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_dtpoff  O_md11    /* @dtpoff relocation.  */
    502  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_last    O_dtpoff
    503  1.1.1.2  christos 
    504  1.1.1.2  christos /* Used to define a bracket as operand in tokens.  */
    505  1.1.1.2  christos #define O_bracket O_md32
    506  1.1.1.2  christos 
    507  1.1.1.4  christos /* Used to define a colon as an operand in tokens.  */
    508  1.1.1.4  christos #define O_colon O_md31
    509  1.1.1.4  christos 
    510  1.1.1.4  christos /* Used to define address types in nps400.  */
    511  1.1.1.4  christos #define O_addrtype O_md30
    512  1.1.1.4  christos 
    513  1.1.1.2  christos /* Dummy relocation, to be sorted out.  */
    514  1.1.1.2  christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_ARC_ENTRY     (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
    515  1.1.1.2  christos 
    516  1.1.1.2  christos #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_gotoff && (R) <= O_last)
    517  1.1.1.2  christos 
    518  1.1.1.2  christos /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
    519  1.1.1.2  christos    bfd_reloc_code_real_type type.  The table is assumed to be ordered such
    520  1.1.1.2  christos    that op-O_literal indexes into it.  */
    521  1.1.1.2  christos #define ARC_RELOC_TABLE(op)				\
    522  1.1.1.2  christos   (&arc_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op))			\
    523  1.1.1.2  christos 		   ? (abort (), 0)			\
    524  1.1.1.2  christos 		   : (int) (op) - (int) O_gotoff) ])
    525  1.1.1.2  christos 
    526  1.1.1.2  christos #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ)				\
    527  1.1.1.2  christos   { #NAME, sizeof (#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ}
    528  1.1.1.2  christos 
    529  1.1.1.2  christos static const struct arc_reloc_op_tag
    530  1.1.1.2  christos {
    531  1.1.1.2  christos   /* String to lookup.  */
    532  1.1.1.2  christos   const char *name;
    533  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Size of the string.  */
    534  1.1.1.2  christos   size_t length;
    535  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Which operator to use.  */
    536  1.1.1.2  christos   operatorT op;
    537  1.1.1.2  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
    538  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Allows complex relocation expression like identifier@reloc +
    539  1.1.1.2  christos      const.  */
    540  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int complex_expr : 1;
    541  1.1.1.2  christos }
    542  1.1.1.2  christos   arc_reloc_op[] =
    543  1.1.1.2  christos {
    544  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (gotoff,  BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTOFF,		1),
    545  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (gotpc,   BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32,		0),
    546  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (plt,	BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32,		0),
    547  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (sda,	DUMMY_RELOC_ARC_ENTRY,		1),
    548  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (pcl,	BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32,		1),
    549  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (tlsgd,   BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_GOT,	0),
    550  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (tlsie,   BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_IE_GOT,	0),
    551  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (tpoff9,  BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_S9,	0),
    552  1.1.1.3  christos   DEF (tpoff,   BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32,	1),
    553  1.1.1.2  christos   DEF (dtpoff9, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9,	0),
    554  1.1.1.4  christos   DEF (dtpoff,  BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF,	1),
    555  1.1.1.2  christos };
    556      1.1  christos 
    557  1.1.1.2  christos static const int arc_num_reloc_op
    558  1.1.1.2  christos = sizeof (arc_reloc_op) / sizeof (*arc_reloc_op);
    559  1.1.1.2  christos 
    560  1.1.1.3  christos /* Structure for relaxable instruction that have to be swapped with a
    561  1.1.1.3  christos    smaller alternative instruction.  */
    562  1.1.1.3  christos struct arc_relaxable_ins
    563  1.1.1.3  christos {
    564  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Mnemonic that should be checked.  */
    565  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *mnemonic_r;
    566  1.1.1.3  christos 
    567  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Operands that should be checked.
    568  1.1.1.3  christos      Indexes of operands from operand array.  */
    569  1.1.1.3  christos   enum rlx_operand_type operands[6];
    570  1.1.1.3  christos 
    571  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Flags that should be checked.  */
    572  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned flag_classes[5];
    573  1.1.1.3  christos 
    574  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Mnemonic (smaller) alternative to be used later for relaxation.  */
    575  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *mnemonic_alt;
    576  1.1.1.3  christos 
    577  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Index of operand that generic relaxation has to check.  */
    578  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned opcheckidx;
    579  1.1.1.3  christos 
    580  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Base subtype index used.  */
    581  1.1.1.3  christos   enum arc_rlx_types subtype;
    582  1.1.1.3  christos };
    583  1.1.1.3  christos 
    584  1.1.1.3  christos #define RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(BITS, ISSIGNED, SIZE, NEXT)			\
    585  1.1.1.3  christos   { (ISSIGNED) ? ((1 << ((BITS) - 1)) - 1) : ((1 << (BITS)) - 1),	\
    586  1.1.1.3  christos       (ISSIGNED) ? -(1 << ((BITS) - 1)) : 0,				\
    587  1.1.1.3  christos       (SIZE),								\
    588  1.1.1.3  christos       (NEXT) }								\
    589  1.1.1.3  christos 
    590  1.1.1.3  christos #define RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX(ISSIGNED, SIZE, NEXT)	\
    591  1.1.1.3  christos   { (ISSIGNED) ? 0x7FFFFFFF : 0xFFFFFFFF,		\
    592  1.1.1.3  christos       (ISSIGNED) ? -(0x7FFFFFFF) : 0,                   \
    593  1.1.1.3  christos       (SIZE),                                           \
    594  1.1.1.3  christos       (NEXT) }                                          \
    595  1.1.1.3  christos 
    596  1.1.1.3  christos 
    597  1.1.1.3  christos /* ARC relaxation table.  */
    598  1.1.1.3  christos const relax_typeS md_relax_table[] =
    599  1.1.1.3  christos {
    600  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Fake entry.  */
    601  1.1.1.3  christos   {0, 0, 0, 0},
    602  1.1.1.3  christos 
    603  1.1.1.3  christos   /* BL_S s13 ->
    604  1.1.1.3  christos      BL s25.  */
    605  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (13, 1, 2, ARC_RLX_BL),
    606  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (25, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    607  1.1.1.3  christos 
    608  1.1.1.3  christos   /* B_S s10 ->
    609  1.1.1.3  christos      B s25.  */
    610  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (10, 1, 2, ARC_RLX_B),
    611  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (25, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    612  1.1.1.3  christos 
    613  1.1.1.3  christos   /* ADD_S c,b, u3 ->
    614  1.1.1.3  christos      ADD<.f> a,b,u6 ->
    615  1.1.1.3  christos      ADD<.f> a,b,limm.  */
    616  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (3, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_ADD_U6),
    617  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_ADD_LIMM),
    618  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    619  1.1.1.3  christos 
    620  1.1.1.3  christos   /* LD_S a, [b, u7] ->
    621  1.1.1.3  christos      LD<zz><.x><.aa><.di> a, [b, s9] ->
    622  1.1.1.3  christos      LD<zz><.x><.aa><.di> a, [b, limm] */
    623  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (7, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_LD_S9),
    624  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (9, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_LD_LIMM),
    625  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (1, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    626  1.1.1.3  christos 
    627  1.1.1.3  christos   /* MOV_S b, u8 ->
    628  1.1.1.3  christos      MOV<.f> b, s12 ->
    629  1.1.1.3  christos      MOV<.f> b, limm.  */
    630  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (8, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_MOV_S12),
    631  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (8, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MOV_LIMM),
    632  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    633  1.1.1.3  christos 
    634  1.1.1.3  christos   /* SUB_S c, b, u3 ->
    635  1.1.1.3  christos      SUB<.f> a, b, u6 ->
    636  1.1.1.3  christos      SUB<.f> a, b, limm.  */
    637  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (3, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_SUB_U6),
    638  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_SUB_LIMM),
    639  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    640  1.1.1.3  christos 
    641  1.1.1.3  christos   /* MPY<.f> a, b, u6 ->
    642  1.1.1.3  christos      MPY<.f> a, b, limm.  */
    643  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MPY_LIMM),
    644  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    645  1.1.1.3  christos 
    646  1.1.1.3  christos   /* MOV<.f><.cc> b, u6 ->
    647  1.1.1.3  christos      MOV<.f><.cc> b, limm.  */
    648  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MOV_RLIMM),
    649  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    650  1.1.1.3  christos 
    651  1.1.1.3  christos   /* ADD<.f><.cc> b, b, u6 ->
    652  1.1.1.3  christos      ADD<.f><.cc> b, b, limm.  */
    653  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_ADD_RRLIMM),
    654  1.1.1.4  christos   RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
    655  1.1.1.3  christos };
    656  1.1.1.3  christos 
    657  1.1.1.3  christos /* Order of this table's entries matters!  */
    658  1.1.1.3  christos const struct arc_relaxable_ins arc_relaxable_insns[] =
    659  1.1.1.3  christos {
    660  1.1.1.3  christos   { "bl", { IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "bl_s", 0, ARC_RLX_BL_S },
    661  1.1.1.3  christos   { "b", { IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "b_s", 0, ARC_RLX_B_S },
    662  1.1.1.3  christos   { "add", { REGISTER, REGISTER_DUP, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 1, 0 }, "add",
    663  1.1.1.3  christos     2, ARC_RLX_ADD_RRU6},
    664  1.1.1.3  christos   { "add", { REGISTER_S, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "add_s", 2,
    665  1.1.1.3  christos     ARC_RLX_ADD_U3 },
    666  1.1.1.3  christos   { "add", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "add", 2,
    667  1.1.1.3  christos     ARC_RLX_ADD_U6 },
    668  1.1.1.3  christos   { "ld", { REGISTER_S, BRACKET, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE, BRACKET },
    669  1.1.1.3  christos     { 0 }, "ld_s", 3, ARC_RLX_LD_U7 },
    670  1.1.1.3  christos   { "ld", { REGISTER, BRACKET, REGISTER_NO_GP, IMMEDIATE, BRACKET },
    671  1.1.1.3  christos     { 11, 4, 14, 17, 0 }, "ld", 3, ARC_RLX_LD_S9 },
    672  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mov", { REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "mov_s", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_U8 },
    673  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mov", { REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "mov", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_S12 },
    674  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mov", { REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 1, 0 },"mov", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_RU6 },
    675  1.1.1.3  christos   { "sub", { REGISTER_S, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "sub_s", 2,
    676  1.1.1.3  christos     ARC_RLX_SUB_U3 },
    677  1.1.1.3  christos   { "sub", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "sub", 2,
    678  1.1.1.3  christos     ARC_RLX_SUB_U6 },
    679  1.1.1.3  christos   { "mpy", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "mpy", 2,
    680  1.1.1.3  christos     ARC_RLX_MPY_U6 },
    681  1.1.1.3  christos };
    682  1.1.1.3  christos 
    683  1.1.1.3  christos const unsigned arc_num_relaxable_ins = ARRAY_SIZE (arc_relaxable_insns);
    684  1.1.1.3  christos 
    685  1.1.1.2  christos /* Pre-defined "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_".  */
    686  1.1.1.2  christos symbolS * GOT_symbol = 0;
    687      1.1  christos 
    688  1.1.1.2  christos /* Set to TRUE when we assemble instructions.  */
    689  1.1.1.6  christos static bool assembling_insn = false;
    690  1.1.1.2  christos 
    691  1.1.1.4  christos /* List with attributes set explicitly.  */
    692  1.1.1.6  christos static bool attributes_set_explicitly[NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES];
    693  1.1.1.4  christos 
    694  1.1.1.3  christos /* Functions implementation.  */
    695  1.1.1.2  christos 
    696  1.1.1.3  christos /* Return a pointer to ARC_OPCODE_HASH_ENTRY that identifies all
    697  1.1.1.3  christos    ARC_OPCODE entries in ARC_OPCODE_HASH that match NAME, or NULL if there
    698  1.1.1.3  christos    are no matching entries in ARC_OPCODE_HASH.  */
    699  1.1.1.3  christos 
    700  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
    701  1.1.1.3  christos arc_find_opcode (const char *name)
    702  1.1.1.3  christos {
    703  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
    704  1.1.1.3  christos 
    705  1.1.1.6  christos   entry = str_hash_find (arc_opcode_hash, name);
    706  1.1.1.3  christos   return entry;
    707  1.1.1.3  christos }
    708  1.1.1.3  christos 
    709  1.1.1.3  christos /* Initialise the iterator ITER.  */
    710  1.1.1.3  christos 
    711  1.1.1.3  christos static void
    712  1.1.1.3  christos arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_init (struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator *iter)
    713  1.1.1.3  christos {
    714  1.1.1.3  christos   iter->index = 0;
    715  1.1.1.3  christos   iter->opcode = NULL;
    716  1.1.1.3  christos }
    717  1.1.1.3  christos 
    718  1.1.1.3  christos /* Return the next ARC_OPCODE from ENTRY, using ITER to hold state between
    719  1.1.1.3  christos    calls to this function.  Return NULL when all ARC_OPCODE entries have
    720  1.1.1.3  christos    been returned.  */
    721  1.1.1.3  christos 
    722  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode *
    723  1.1.1.3  christos arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry,
    724  1.1.1.3  christos 				     struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator *iter)
    725  1.1.1.3  christos {
    726  1.1.1.3  christos   if (iter->opcode == NULL && iter->index == 0)
    727  1.1.1.3  christos     {
    728  1.1.1.3  christos       gas_assert (entry->count > 0);
    729  1.1.1.3  christos       iter->opcode = entry->opcode[iter->index];
    730  1.1.1.3  christos     }
    731  1.1.1.3  christos   else if (iter->opcode != NULL)
    732  1.1.1.3  christos     {
    733  1.1.1.3  christos       const char *old_name = iter->opcode->name;
    734  1.1.1.3  christos 
    735  1.1.1.3  christos       iter->opcode++;
    736  1.1.1.3  christos       if (iter->opcode->name == NULL
    737  1.1.1.3  christos 	  || strcmp (old_name, iter->opcode->name) != 0)
    738  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
    739  1.1.1.3  christos 	  iter->index++;
    740  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (iter->index == entry->count)
    741  1.1.1.3  christos 	    iter->opcode = NULL;
    742  1.1.1.3  christos 	  else
    743  1.1.1.3  christos 	    iter->opcode = entry->opcode[iter->index];
    744  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
    745  1.1.1.3  christos     }
    746  1.1.1.3  christos 
    747  1.1.1.3  christos   return iter->opcode;
    748  1.1.1.3  christos }
    749  1.1.1.3  christos 
    750  1.1.1.3  christos /* Insert an opcode into opcode hash structure.  */
    751  1.1.1.3  christos 
    752  1.1.1.3  christos static void
    753  1.1.1.3  christos arc_insert_opcode (const struct arc_opcode *opcode)
    754  1.1.1.3  christos {
    755  1.1.1.6  christos   const char *name;
    756  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
    757  1.1.1.3  christos   name = opcode->name;
    758  1.1.1.3  christos 
    759  1.1.1.6  christos   entry = str_hash_find (arc_opcode_hash, name);
    760  1.1.1.3  christos   if (entry == NULL)
    761  1.1.1.3  christos     {
    762  1.1.1.3  christos       entry = XNEW (struct arc_opcode_hash_entry);
    763  1.1.1.3  christos       entry->count = 0;
    764  1.1.1.3  christos       entry->opcode = NULL;
    765  1.1.1.3  christos 
    766  1.1.1.6  christos       if (str_hash_insert (arc_opcode_hash, name, entry, 0) != NULL)
    767  1.1.1.6  christos 	as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
    768  1.1.1.3  christos     }
    769  1.1.1.3  christos 
    770  1.1.1.3  christos   entry->opcode = XRESIZEVEC (const struct arc_opcode *, entry->opcode,
    771  1.1.1.3  christos 			      entry->count + 1);
    772  1.1.1.3  christos 
    773  1.1.1.3  christos   entry->opcode[entry->count] = opcode;
    774  1.1.1.3  christos   entry->count++;
    775  1.1.1.3  christos }
    776  1.1.1.2  christos 
    777  1.1.1.2  christos 
    778  1.1.1.4  christos /* Like md_number_to_chars but for middle-endian values.  The 4-byte limm
    779  1.1.1.4  christos    value, is encoded as 'middle-endian' for a little-endian target.  This
    780  1.1.1.4  christos    function is used for regular 4, 6, and 8 byte instructions as well.  */
    781      1.1  christos 
    782  1.1.1.2  christos static void
    783  1.1.1.4  christos md_number_to_chars_midend (char *buf, unsigned long long val, int n)
    784  1.1.1.2  christos {
    785  1.1.1.4  christos   switch (n)
    786      1.1  christos     {
    787  1.1.1.4  christos     case 2:
    788  1.1.1.4  christos       md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n);
    789  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
    790  1.1.1.4  christos     case 6:
    791  1.1.1.5  christos       md_number_to_chars (buf, (val & 0xffff00000000ull) >> 32, 2);
    792  1.1.1.4  christos       md_number_to_chars_midend (buf + 2, (val & 0xffffffff), 4);
    793  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
    794  1.1.1.4  christos     case 4:
    795  1.1.1.2  christos       md_number_to_chars (buf,     (val & 0xffff0000) >> 16, 2);
    796  1.1.1.2  christos       md_number_to_chars (buf + 2, (val & 0xffff), 2);
    797  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
    798  1.1.1.4  christos     case 8:
    799  1.1.1.5  christos       md_number_to_chars_midend (buf, (val & 0xffffffff00000000ull) >> 32, 4);
    800  1.1.1.4  christos       md_number_to_chars_midend (buf + 4, (val & 0xffffffff), 4);
    801  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
    802  1.1.1.4  christos     default:
    803  1.1.1.4  christos       abort ();
    804  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    805  1.1.1.4  christos }
    806  1.1.1.4  christos 
    807  1.1.1.4  christos /* Check if a feature is allowed for a specific CPU.  */
    808  1.1.1.4  christos 
    809  1.1.1.4  christos static void
    810  1.1.1.4  christos arc_check_feature (void)
    811  1.1.1.4  christos {
    812  1.1.1.4  christos   unsigned i;
    813  1.1.1.4  christos 
    814  1.1.1.4  christos   if (!selected_cpu.features
    815  1.1.1.4  christos       || !selected_cpu.name)
    816  1.1.1.4  christos     return;
    817  1.1.1.4  christos 
    818  1.1.1.4  christos   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (feature_list); i++)
    819  1.1.1.4  christos     if ((selected_cpu.features & feature_list[i].feature)
    820  1.1.1.4  christos 	&& !(selected_cpu.flags & feature_list[i].cpus))
    821  1.1.1.4  christos       as_bad (_("invalid %s option for %s cpu"), feature_list[i].name,
    822  1.1.1.4  christos 	      selected_cpu.name);
    823  1.1.1.4  christos 
    824  1.1.1.4  christos   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (conflict_list); i++)
    825  1.1.1.4  christos     if ((selected_cpu.features & conflict_list[i]) == conflict_list[i])
    826  1.1.1.4  christos       as_bad(_("conflicting ISA extension attributes."));
    827  1.1.1.2  christos }
    828      1.1  christos 
    829  1.1.1.3  christos /* Select an appropriate entry from CPU_TYPES based on ARG and initialise
    830  1.1.1.4  christos    the relevant static global variables.  Parameter SEL describes where
    831  1.1.1.4  christos    this selection originated from.  */
    832  1.1.1.3  christos 
    833  1.1.1.3  christos static void
    834  1.1.1.4  christos arc_select_cpu (const char *arg, enum mach_selection_type sel)
    835  1.1.1.3  christos {
    836  1.1.1.3  christos   int i;
    837  1.1.1.5  christos   static struct cpu_type old_cpu = { 0, 0, 0, E_ARC_OSABI_CURRENT, 0 };
    838  1.1.1.3  christos 
    839  1.1.1.4  christos   /* We should only set a default if we've not made a selection from some
    840  1.1.1.4  christos      other source.  */
    841  1.1.1.4  christos   gas_assert (sel != MACH_SELECTION_FROM_DEFAULT
    842  1.1.1.4  christos               || mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_NONE);
    843  1.1.1.4  christos 
    844  1.1.1.4  christos   if ((mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE)
    845  1.1.1.4  christos       && (sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE))
    846  1.1.1.4  christos     as_bad (_("Multiple .cpu directives found"));
    847  1.1.1.4  christos 
    848  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Look for a matching entry in CPU_TYPES array.  */
    849  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; cpu_types[i].name; ++i)
    850  1.1.1.3  christos     {
    851  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!strcasecmp (cpu_types[i].name, arg))
    852  1.1.1.3  christos         {
    853  1.1.1.4  christos           /* If a previous selection was made on the command line, then we
    854  1.1.1.4  christos              allow later selections on the command line to override earlier
    855  1.1.1.4  christos              ones.  However, a selection from a '.cpu NAME' directive must
    856  1.1.1.4  christos              match the command line selection, or we give a warning.  */
    857  1.1.1.4  christos           if (mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE)
    858  1.1.1.4  christos             {
    859  1.1.1.4  christos               gas_assert (sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE
    860  1.1.1.4  christos                           || sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE);
    861  1.1.1.4  christos               if (sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE
    862  1.1.1.4  christos                   && selected_cpu.mach != cpu_types[i].mach)
    863  1.1.1.4  christos                 {
    864  1.1.1.4  christos                   as_warn (_("Command-line value overrides \".cpu\" directive"));
    865  1.1.1.4  christos                 }
    866  1.1.1.4  christos 	      return;
    867  1.1.1.4  christos             }
    868  1.1.1.4  christos 	  /* Initialise static global data about selected machine type.  */
    869  1.1.1.4  christos 	  selected_cpu.flags = cpu_types[i].flags;
    870  1.1.1.4  christos 	  selected_cpu.name = cpu_types[i].name;
    871  1.1.1.4  christos 	  selected_cpu.features = cpu_types[i].features | cl_features;
    872  1.1.1.4  christos 	  selected_cpu.mach = cpu_types[i].mach;
    873  1.1.1.4  christos 	  selected_cpu.eflags = ((selected_cpu.eflags & ~EF_ARC_MACH_MSK)
    874  1.1.1.4  christos 				 | cpu_types[i].eflags);
    875  1.1.1.3  christos           break;
    876  1.1.1.3  christos         }
    877  1.1.1.3  christos     }
    878  1.1.1.3  christos 
    879  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!cpu_types[i].name)
    880  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("unknown architecture: %s\n"), arg);
    881  1.1.1.4  christos 
    882  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Check if set features are compatible with the chosen CPU.  */
    883  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_check_feature ();
    884  1.1.1.4  christos 
    885  1.1.1.5  christos   /* If we change the CPU, we need to re-init the bfd.  */
    886  1.1.1.5  christos   if (mach_selection_mode != MACH_SELECTION_NONE
    887  1.1.1.5  christos       && (old_cpu.mach != selected_cpu.mach))
    888  1.1.1.5  christos     {
    889  1.1.1.5  christos       bfd_find_target (arc_target_format, stdoutput);
    890  1.1.1.5  christos       if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_arc, selected_cpu.mach))
    891  1.1.1.5  christos 	as_warn (_("Could not set architecture and machine"));
    892  1.1.1.5  christos     }
    893  1.1.1.5  christos 
    894  1.1.1.4  christos   mach_selection_mode = sel;
    895  1.1.1.5  christos   old_cpu = selected_cpu;
    896  1.1.1.3  christos }
    897  1.1.1.3  christos 
    898  1.1.1.2  christos /* Here ends all the ARCompact extension instruction assembling
    899  1.1.1.2  christos    stuff.  */
    900      1.1  christos 
    901  1.1.1.2  christos static void
    902  1.1.1.2  christos arc_extra_reloc (int r_type)
    903  1.1.1.2  christos {
    904  1.1.1.2  christos   char *sym_name, c;
    905  1.1.1.2  christos   symbolS *sym, *lab = NULL;
    906      1.1  christos 
    907  1.1.1.2  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
    908  1.1.1.2  christos     input_line_pointer++;
    909  1.1.1.2  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&sym_name);
    910  1.1.1.2  christos   sym = symbol_find_or_make (sym_name);
    911  1.1.1.2  christos   restore_line_pointer (c);
    912  1.1.1.2  christos   if (c == ',' && r_type == BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD)
    913  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    914  1.1.1.2  christos       ++input_line_pointer;
    915  1.1.1.2  christos       char *lab_name;
    916  1.1.1.2  christos       c = get_symbol_name (&lab_name);
    917  1.1.1.2  christos       lab = symbol_find_or_make (lab_name);
    918  1.1.1.2  christos       restore_line_pointer (c);
    919  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    920  1.1.1.3  christos 
    921  1.1.1.3  christos   /* These relocations exist as a mechanism for the compiler to tell the
    922  1.1.1.3  christos      linker how to patch the code if the tls model is optimised.  However,
    923  1.1.1.3  christos      the relocation itself does not require any space within the assembler
    924  1.1.1.3  christos      fragment, and so we pass a size of 0.
    925  1.1.1.3  christos 
    926  1.1.1.3  christos      The lines that generate these relocations look like this:
    927  1.1.1.3  christos 
    928  1.1.1.3  christos          .tls_gd_ld @.tdata`bl __tls_get_addr@plt
    929  1.1.1.3  christos 
    930  1.1.1.3  christos      The '.tls_gd_ld @.tdata' is processed first and generates the
    931  1.1.1.3  christos      additional relocation, while the 'bl __tls_get_addr@plt' is processed
    932  1.1.1.3  christos      second and generates the additional branch.
    933  1.1.1.3  christos 
    934  1.1.1.3  christos      It is possible that the additional relocation generated by the
    935  1.1.1.3  christos      '.tls_gd_ld @.tdata' will be attached at the very end of one fragment,
    936  1.1.1.3  christos      while the 'bl __tls_get_addr@plt' will be generated as the first thing
    937  1.1.1.3  christos      in the next fragment.  This will be fine; both relocations will still
    938  1.1.1.3  christos      appear to be at the same address in the generated object file.
    939  1.1.1.3  christos      However, this only works as the additional relocation is generated
    940  1.1.1.3  christos      with size of 0 bytes.  */
    941  1.1.1.2  christos   fixS *fixP
    942  1.1.1.2  christos     = fix_new (frag_now,	/* Which frag?  */
    943  1.1.1.2  christos 	       frag_now_fix (),	/* Where in that frag?  */
    944  1.1.1.3  christos 	       0,		/* size: 1, 2, or 4 usually.  */
    945  1.1.1.2  christos 	       sym,		/* X_add_symbol.  */
    946  1.1.1.2  christos 	       0,		/* X_add_number.  */
    947  1.1.1.6  christos 	       false,		/* TRUE if PC-relative relocation.  */
    948  1.1.1.2  christos 	       r_type		/* Relocation type.  */);
    949  1.1.1.2  christos   fixP->fx_subsy = lab;
    950  1.1.1.2  christos }
    951  1.1.1.2  christos 
    952  1.1.1.2  christos static symbolS *
    953  1.1.1.2  christos arc_lcomm_internal (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    954  1.1.1.2  christos 		    symbolS *symbolP, addressT size)
    955  1.1.1.2  christos {
    956  1.1.1.2  christos   addressT align = 0;
    957  1.1.1.2  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
    958      1.1  christos 
    959  1.1.1.2  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
    960      1.1  christos     {
    961  1.1.1.2  christos       align = parse_align (1);
    962      1.1  christos 
    963  1.1.1.2  christos       if (align == (addressT) -1)
    964  1.1.1.2  christos 	return NULL;
    965      1.1  christos     }
    966      1.1  christos   else
    967  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    968  1.1.1.2  christos       if (size >= 8)
    969  1.1.1.2  christos 	align = 3;
    970  1.1.1.2  christos       else if (size >= 4)
    971  1.1.1.2  christos 	align = 2;
    972  1.1.1.2  christos       else if (size >= 2)
    973  1.1.1.2  christos 	align = 1;
    974  1.1.1.2  christos       else
    975  1.1.1.2  christos 	align = 0;
    976  1.1.1.2  christos     }
    977      1.1  christos 
    978  1.1.1.2  christos   bss_alloc (symbolP, size, align);
    979  1.1.1.2  christos   S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
    980      1.1  christos 
    981  1.1.1.2  christos   return symbolP;
    982  1.1.1.2  christos }
    983      1.1  christos 
    984  1.1.1.2  christos static void
    985  1.1.1.2  christos arc_lcomm (int ignore)
    986      1.1  christos {
    987  1.1.1.2  christos   symbolS *symbolP = s_comm_internal (ignore, arc_lcomm_internal);
    988      1.1  christos 
    989  1.1.1.2  christos   if (symbolP)
    990  1.1.1.2  christos     symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
    991  1.1.1.2  christos }
    992      1.1  christos 
    993  1.1.1.2  christos /* Select the cpu we're assembling for.  */
    994      1.1  christos 
    995  1.1.1.2  christos static void
    996  1.1.1.2  christos arc_option (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    997  1.1.1.2  christos {
    998  1.1.1.2  christos   char c;
    999  1.1.1.2  christos   char *cpu;
   1000  1.1.1.4  christos   const char *cpu_name;
   1001      1.1  christos 
   1002  1.1.1.2  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&cpu);
   1003      1.1  christos 
   1004  1.1.1.4  christos   cpu_name = cpu;
   1005  1.1.1.4  christos   if ((!strcmp ("ARC600", cpu))
   1006  1.1.1.4  christos       || (!strcmp ("ARC601", cpu))
   1007  1.1.1.4  christos       || (!strcmp ("A6", cpu)))
   1008  1.1.1.4  christos     cpu_name = "arc600";
   1009  1.1.1.4  christos   else if ((!strcmp ("ARC700", cpu))
   1010  1.1.1.4  christos            || (!strcmp ("A7", cpu)))
   1011  1.1.1.4  christos     cpu_name = "arc700";
   1012  1.1.1.4  christos   else if (!strcmp ("EM", cpu))
   1013  1.1.1.4  christos     cpu_name = "arcem";
   1014  1.1.1.4  christos   else if (!strcmp ("HS", cpu))
   1015  1.1.1.4  christos     cpu_name = "archs";
   1016  1.1.1.4  christos   else if (!strcmp ("NPS400", cpu))
   1017  1.1.1.4  christos     cpu_name = "nps400";
   1018      1.1  christos 
   1019  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_select_cpu (cpu_name, MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE);
   1020      1.1  christos 
   1021  1.1.1.3  christos   restore_line_pointer (c);
   1022  1.1.1.2  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   1023  1.1.1.2  christos }
   1024      1.1  christos 
   1025  1.1.1.2  christos /* Smartly print an expression.  */
   1026      1.1  christos 
   1027  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   1028  1.1.1.2  christos debug_exp (expressionS *t)
   1029  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1030  1.1.1.2  christos   const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
   1031  1.1.1.2  christos   const char *namemd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
   1032      1.1  christos 
   1033  1.1.1.2  christos   pr_debug ("debug_exp: ");
   1034      1.1  christos 
   1035  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (t->X_op)
   1036      1.1  christos     {
   1037  1.1.1.2  christos     default:			name = "unknown";		break;
   1038  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_illegal:		name = "O_illegal";		break;
   1039  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_absent:		name = "O_absent";		break;
   1040  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_constant:		name = "O_constant";		break;
   1041  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_symbol:		name = "O_symbol";		break;
   1042  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_symbol_rva:		name = "O_symbol_rva";		break;
   1043  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_register:		name = "O_register";		break;
   1044  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_big:			name = "O_big";			break;
   1045  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_uminus:		name = "O_uminus";		break;
   1046  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bit_not:		name = "O_bit_not";		break;
   1047  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_logical_not:		name = "O_logical_not";		break;
   1048  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_multiply:		name = "O_multiply";		break;
   1049  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_divide:		name = "O_divide";		break;
   1050  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_modulus:		name = "O_modulus";		break;
   1051  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_left_shift:		name = "O_left_shift";		break;
   1052  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_right_shift:		name = "O_right_shift";		break;
   1053  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bit_inclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_inclusive_or";	break;
   1054  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bit_or_not:		name = "O_bit_or_not";		break;
   1055  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bit_exclusive_or:	name = "O_bit_exclusive_or";	break;
   1056  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bit_and:		name = "O_bit_and";		break;
   1057  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_add:			name = "O_add";			break;
   1058  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_subtract:		name = "O_subtract";		break;
   1059  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_eq:			name = "O_eq";			break;
   1060  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_ne:			name = "O_ne";			break;
   1061  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_lt:			name = "O_lt";			break;
   1062  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_le:			name = "O_le";			break;
   1063  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_ge:			name = "O_ge";			break;
   1064  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_gt:			name = "O_gt";			break;
   1065  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_logical_and:		name = "O_logical_and";		break;
   1066  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_logical_or:		name = "O_logical_or";		break;
   1067  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_index:		name = "O_index";		break;
   1068  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_bracket:		name = "O_bracket";		break;
   1069  1.1.1.4  christos     case O_colon:		name = "O_colon";               break;
   1070  1.1.1.4  christos     case O_addrtype:		name = "O_addrtype";            break;
   1071  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   1072  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1073  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (t->X_md)
   1074  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1075  1.1.1.2  christos     default:			namemd = "unknown";		break;
   1076  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_gotoff:		namemd = "O_gotoff";		break;
   1077  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_gotpc:		namemd = "O_gotpc";		break;
   1078  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_plt:			namemd = "O_plt";		break;
   1079  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_sda:			namemd = "O_sda";		break;
   1080  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_pcl:			namemd = "O_pcl";		break;
   1081  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_tlsgd:		namemd = "O_tlsgd";		break;
   1082  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_tlsie:		namemd = "O_tlsie";		break;
   1083  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_tpoff9:		namemd = "O_tpoff9";		break;
   1084  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_tpoff:		namemd = "O_tpoff";		break;
   1085  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_dtpoff9:		namemd = "O_dtpoff9";		break;
   1086  1.1.1.2  christos     case O_dtpoff:		namemd = "O_dtpoff";		break;
   1087  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   1088  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1089  1.1.1.2  christos   pr_debug ("%s (%s, %s, %d, %s)", name,
   1090  1.1.1.2  christos 	    (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
   1091  1.1.1.2  christos 	    (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
   1092  1.1.1.2  christos 	    (int) t->X_add_number,
   1093  1.1.1.2  christos 	    (t->X_md) ? namemd : "--");
   1094  1.1.1.2  christos   pr_debug ("\n");
   1095  1.1.1.2  christos   fflush (stderr);
   1096  1.1.1.2  christos }
   1097      1.1  christos 
   1098  1.1.1.5  christos /* Helper for parsing an argument, used for sorting out the relocation
   1099  1.1.1.5  christos    type.  */
   1100  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1101  1.1.1.5  christos static void
   1102  1.1.1.5  christos parse_reloc_symbol (expressionS *resultP)
   1103  1.1.1.5  christos {
   1104  1.1.1.5  christos   char *reloc_name, c, *sym_name;
   1105  1.1.1.5  christos   size_t len;
   1106  1.1.1.5  christos   int i;
   1107  1.1.1.5  christos   const struct arc_reloc_op_tag *r;
   1108  1.1.1.5  christos   expressionS right;
   1109  1.1.1.5  christos   symbolS *base;
   1110  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1111  1.1.1.5  christos   /* A relocation operand has the following form
   1112  1.1.1.5  christos      @identifier@relocation_type.  The identifier is already in
   1113  1.1.1.5  christos      tok!  */
   1114  1.1.1.5  christos   if (resultP->X_op != O_symbol)
   1115  1.1.1.5  christos     {
   1116  1.1.1.5  christos       as_bad (_("No valid label relocation operand"));
   1117  1.1.1.5  christos       resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
   1118  1.1.1.5  christos       return;
   1119  1.1.1.5  christos     }
   1120  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1121  1.1.1.5  christos   /* Parse @relocation_type.  */
   1122  1.1.1.5  christos   input_line_pointer++;
   1123  1.1.1.5  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&reloc_name);
   1124  1.1.1.5  christos   len = input_line_pointer - reloc_name;
   1125  1.1.1.5  christos   if (len == 0)
   1126  1.1.1.5  christos     {
   1127  1.1.1.5  christos       as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
   1128  1.1.1.5  christos       resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
   1129  1.1.1.5  christos       return;
   1130  1.1.1.5  christos     }
   1131  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1132  1.1.1.5  christos   /* Go through known relocation and try to find a match.  */
   1133  1.1.1.5  christos   r = &arc_reloc_op[0];
   1134  1.1.1.5  christos   for (i = arc_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
   1135  1.1.1.5  christos     if (len == r->length
   1136  1.1.1.5  christos 	&& memcmp (reloc_name, r->name, len) == 0)
   1137  1.1.1.5  christos       break;
   1138  1.1.1.5  christos   if (i < 0)
   1139  1.1.1.5  christos     {
   1140  1.1.1.5  christos       as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: @%s"), reloc_name);
   1141  1.1.1.5  christos       resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
   1142  1.1.1.5  christos       return;
   1143  1.1.1.5  christos     }
   1144  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1145  1.1.1.5  christos   *input_line_pointer = c;
   1146  1.1.1.5  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
   1147  1.1.1.5  christos   /* Extra check for TLS: base.  */
   1148  1.1.1.5  christos   if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
   1149  1.1.1.5  christos     {
   1150  1.1.1.5  christos       if (resultP->X_op_symbol != NULL
   1151  1.1.1.5  christos 	  || resultP->X_op != O_symbol)
   1152  1.1.1.5  christos 	{
   1153  1.1.1.5  christos 	  as_bad (_("Unable to parse TLS base: %s"),
   1154  1.1.1.5  christos 		  input_line_pointer);
   1155  1.1.1.5  christos 	  resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
   1156  1.1.1.5  christos 	  return;
   1157  1.1.1.5  christos 	}
   1158  1.1.1.5  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   1159  1.1.1.5  christos       c = get_symbol_name (&sym_name);
   1160  1.1.1.5  christos       base = symbol_find_or_make (sym_name);
   1161  1.1.1.5  christos       resultP->X_op = O_subtract;
   1162  1.1.1.5  christos       resultP->X_op_symbol = base;
   1163  1.1.1.5  christos       restore_line_pointer (c);
   1164  1.1.1.5  christos       right.X_add_number = 0;
   1165  1.1.1.5  christos     }
   1166  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1167  1.1.1.5  christos   if ((*input_line_pointer != '+')
   1168  1.1.1.5  christos       && (*input_line_pointer != '-'))
   1169  1.1.1.5  christos     right.X_add_number = 0;
   1170  1.1.1.5  christos   else
   1171  1.1.1.5  christos     {
   1172  1.1.1.5  christos       /* Parse the constant of a complex relocation expression
   1173  1.1.1.5  christos 	 like @identifier@reloc +/- const.  */
   1174  1.1.1.5  christos       if (! r->complex_expr)
   1175  1.1.1.5  christos 	{
   1176  1.1.1.5  christos 	  as_bad (_("@%s is not a complex relocation."), r->name);
   1177  1.1.1.5  christos 	  resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
   1178  1.1.1.5  christos 	  return;
   1179  1.1.1.5  christos 	}
   1180  1.1.1.5  christos       expression (&right);
   1181  1.1.1.5  christos       if (right.X_op != O_constant)
   1182  1.1.1.5  christos 	{
   1183  1.1.1.5  christos 	  as_bad (_("Bad expression: @%s + %s."),
   1184  1.1.1.5  christos 		  r->name, input_line_pointer);
   1185  1.1.1.5  christos 	  resultP->X_op = O_illegal;
   1186  1.1.1.5  christos 	  return;
   1187  1.1.1.5  christos 	}
   1188  1.1.1.5  christos     }
   1189  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1190  1.1.1.5  christos   resultP->X_md = r->op;
   1191  1.1.1.5  christos   resultP->X_add_number = right.X_add_number;
   1192  1.1.1.5  christos }
   1193  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1194  1.1.1.2  christos /* Parse the arguments to an opcode.  */
   1195      1.1  christos 
   1196  1.1.1.2  christos static int
   1197  1.1.1.2  christos tokenize_arguments (char *str,
   1198  1.1.1.2  christos 		    expressionS *tok,
   1199  1.1.1.2  christos 		    int ntok)
   1200  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1201  1.1.1.2  christos   char *old_input_line_pointer;
   1202  1.1.1.6  christos   bool saw_comma = false;
   1203  1.1.1.6  christos   bool saw_arg = false;
   1204  1.1.1.2  christos   int brk_lvl = 0;
   1205  1.1.1.2  christos   int num_args = 0;
   1206  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1207  1.1.1.2  christos   memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
   1208  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1209  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function.  */
   1210  1.1.1.2  christos   old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
   1211  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = str;
   1212      1.1  christos 
   1213  1.1.1.2  christos   while (*input_line_pointer)
   1214      1.1  christos     {
   1215      1.1  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   1216  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (*input_line_pointer)
   1217      1.1  christos 	{
   1218  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '\0':
   1219  1.1.1.2  christos 	  goto fini;
   1220      1.1  christos 
   1221  1.1.1.2  christos 	case ',':
   1222  1.1.1.2  christos 	  input_line_pointer++;
   1223  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
   1224  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1225  1.1.1.6  christos 	  saw_comma = true;
   1226  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1227      1.1  christos 
   1228  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '}':
   1229  1.1.1.2  christos 	case ']':
   1230  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++input_line_pointer;
   1231  1.1.1.2  christos 	  --brk_lvl;
   1232  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!saw_arg || num_args == ntok)
   1233  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1234  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_op = O_bracket;
   1235  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++tok;
   1236  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++num_args;
   1237  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1238  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1239  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '{':
   1240  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '[':
   1241  1.1.1.2  christos 	  input_line_pointer++;
   1242  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (brk_lvl || num_args == ntok)
   1243  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1244  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++brk_lvl;
   1245  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_op = O_bracket;
   1246  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++tok;
   1247  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++num_args;
   1248  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1249  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1250  1.1.1.4  christos         case ':':
   1251  1.1.1.4  christos           input_line_pointer++;
   1252  1.1.1.4  christos           if (!saw_arg || num_args == ntok)
   1253  1.1.1.4  christos             goto err;
   1254  1.1.1.4  christos           tok->X_op = O_colon;
   1255  1.1.1.6  christos           saw_arg = false;
   1256  1.1.1.4  christos           ++tok;
   1257  1.1.1.4  christos           ++num_args;
   1258  1.1.1.4  christos           break;
   1259  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1260  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '@':
   1261  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We have labels, function names and relocations, all
   1262  1.1.1.2  christos 	     starting with @ symbol.  Sort them out.  */
   1263  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((saw_arg && !saw_comma) || num_args == ntok)
   1264  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1265  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1266  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Parse @label.  */
   1267  1.1.1.5  christos 	  input_line_pointer++;
   1268  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_op = O_symbol;
   1269  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_md = O_absent;
   1270  1.1.1.2  christos 	  expression (tok);
   1271  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1272  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
   1273  1.1.1.5  christos 	    parse_reloc_symbol (tok);
   1274      1.1  christos 
   1275  1.1.1.2  christos 	  debug_exp (tok);
   1276      1.1  christos 
   1277  1.1.1.5  christos 	  if (tok->X_op == O_illegal
   1278  1.1.1.5  christos               || tok->X_op == O_absent
   1279  1.1.1.5  christos               || num_args == ntok)
   1280  1.1.1.5  christos 	    goto err;
   1281  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1282  1.1.1.6  christos 	  saw_comma = false;
   1283  1.1.1.6  christos 	  saw_arg = true;
   1284  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok++;
   1285  1.1.1.2  christos 	  num_args++;
   1286  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1287      1.1  christos 
   1288  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '%':
   1289  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Can be a register.  */
   1290  1.1.1.2  christos 	  ++input_line_pointer;
   1291  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1292  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   1293  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1294  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((saw_arg && !saw_comma) || num_args == ntok)
   1295  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1296  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1297  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_op = O_absent;
   1298  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok->X_md = O_absent;
   1299  1.1.1.2  christos 	  expression (tok);
   1300  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1301  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Legacy: There are cases when we have
   1302  1.1.1.2  christos 	     identifier@relocation_type, if it is the case parse the
   1303  1.1.1.2  christos 	     relocation type as well.  */
   1304  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
   1305  1.1.1.5  christos 	    parse_reloc_symbol (tok);
   1306  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1307  1.1.1.2  christos 	  debug_exp (tok);
   1308  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1309  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (tok->X_op == O_illegal
   1310  1.1.1.3  christos               || tok->X_op == O_absent
   1311  1.1.1.3  christos               || num_args == ntok)
   1312  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1313  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1314  1.1.1.6  christos 	  saw_comma = false;
   1315  1.1.1.6  christos 	  saw_arg = true;
   1316  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tok++;
   1317  1.1.1.2  christos 	  num_args++;
   1318  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1319      1.1  christos 	}
   1320      1.1  christos     }
   1321      1.1  christos 
   1322  1.1.1.2  christos  fini:
   1323  1.1.1.2  christos   if (saw_comma || brk_lvl)
   1324  1.1.1.2  christos     goto err;
   1325  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1326  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1327  1.1.1.2  christos   return num_args;
   1328  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1329  1.1.1.2  christos  err:
   1330  1.1.1.2  christos   if (brk_lvl)
   1331  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("Brackets in operand field incorrect"));
   1332  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (saw_comma)
   1333  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("extra comma"));
   1334  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (!saw_arg)
   1335  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("missing argument"));
   1336  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   1337  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("missing comma or colon"));
   1338  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1339  1.1.1.2  christos   return -1;
   1340  1.1.1.2  christos }
   1341      1.1  christos 
   1342  1.1.1.2  christos /* Parse the flags to a structure.  */
   1343      1.1  christos 
   1344  1.1.1.2  christos static int
   1345  1.1.1.2  christos tokenize_flags (const char *str,
   1346  1.1.1.2  christos 		struct arc_flags flags[],
   1347  1.1.1.2  christos 		int nflg)
   1348  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1349  1.1.1.2  christos   char *old_input_line_pointer;
   1350  1.1.1.6  christos   bool saw_flg = false;
   1351  1.1.1.6  christos   bool saw_dot = false;
   1352  1.1.1.2  christos   int num_flags  = 0;
   1353  1.1.1.2  christos   size_t flgnamelen;
   1354  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1355  1.1.1.2  christos   memset (flags, 0, sizeof (*flags) * nflg);
   1356  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1357  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function.  */
   1358  1.1.1.2  christos   old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
   1359  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = (char *) str;
   1360  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1361  1.1.1.2  christos   while (*input_line_pointer)
   1362  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   1363  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (*input_line_pointer)
   1364  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   1365  1.1.1.2  christos 	case ' ':
   1366  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '\0':
   1367  1.1.1.2  christos 	  goto fini;
   1368  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1369  1.1.1.2  christos 	case '.':
   1370  1.1.1.2  christos 	  input_line_pointer++;
   1371  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (saw_dot)
   1372  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1373  1.1.1.6  christos 	  saw_dot = true;
   1374  1.1.1.6  christos 	  saw_flg = false;
   1375  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1376      1.1  christos 
   1377  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   1378  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (saw_flg && !saw_dot)
   1379  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1380      1.1  christos 
   1381  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (num_flags >= nflg)
   1382  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1383      1.1  christos 
   1384  1.1.1.3  christos 	  flgnamelen = strspn (input_line_pointer,
   1385  1.1.1.3  christos 			       "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789");
   1386  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (flgnamelen > MAX_FLAG_NAME_LENGTH)
   1387  1.1.1.2  christos 	    goto err;
   1388  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1389  1.1.1.2  christos 	  memcpy (flags->name, input_line_pointer, flgnamelen);
   1390  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1391  1.1.1.2  christos 	  input_line_pointer += flgnamelen;
   1392  1.1.1.2  christos 	  flags++;
   1393  1.1.1.6  christos 	  saw_dot = false;
   1394  1.1.1.6  christos 	  saw_flg = true;
   1395  1.1.1.2  christos 	  num_flags++;
   1396  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1397  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   1398      1.1  christos     }
   1399      1.1  christos 
   1400  1.1.1.2  christos  fini:
   1401  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1402  1.1.1.2  christos   return num_flags;
   1403  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1404  1.1.1.2  christos  err:
   1405  1.1.1.2  christos   if (saw_dot)
   1406  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("extra dot"));
   1407  1.1.1.2  christos   else if (!saw_flg)
   1408  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("unrecognized flag"));
   1409  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   1410  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("failed to parse flags"));
   1411  1.1.1.2  christos   input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
   1412  1.1.1.2  christos   return -1;
   1413      1.1  christos }
   1414      1.1  christos 
   1415  1.1.1.3  christos /* Apply the fixups in order.  */
   1416  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1417  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   1418  1.1.1.3  christos apply_fixups (struct arc_insn *insn, fragS *fragP, int fix)
   1419      1.1  christos {
   1420  1.1.1.3  christos   int i;
   1421      1.1  christos 
   1422  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; i++)
   1423      1.1  christos     {
   1424  1.1.1.3  christos       struct arc_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
   1425  1.1.1.3  christos       int size, pcrel, offset = 0;
   1426      1.1  christos 
   1427  1.1.1.3  christos       /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
   1428  1.1.1.3  christos 	 When it is fixed please delete me.  */
   1429  1.1.1.4  christos       size = ((insn->len == 2) && !fixup->islong) ? 2 : 4;
   1430      1.1  christos 
   1431  1.1.1.3  christos       if (fixup->islong)
   1432  1.1.1.4  christos 	offset = insn->len;
   1433      1.1  christos 
   1434  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Some fixups are only used internally, thus no howto.  */
   1435  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((int) fixup->reloc == 0)
   1436  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("Unhandled reloc type"));
   1437      1.1  christos 
   1438  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
   1439  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   1440  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
   1441  1.1.1.3  christos 	     When it is fixed please enable me.
   1442  1.1.1.4  christos 	     size = ((insn->len == 2 && !fixup->islong) ? 2 : 4; */
   1443  1.1.1.3  christos 	  pcrel = fixup->pcrel;
   1444  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   1445  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   1446  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   1447  1.1.1.3  christos 	  reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
   1448  1.1.1.3  christos 	    bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
   1449  1.1.1.3  christos 				   (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
   1450  1.1.1.3  christos 	  gas_assert (reloc_howto);
   1451      1.1  christos 
   1452  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
   1453  1.1.1.3  christos 	     When it is fixed please enable me.
   1454  1.1.1.3  christos 	     size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto); */
   1455  1.1.1.3  christos 	  pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
   1456  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   1457      1.1  christos 
   1458  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("%s:%d: apply_fixups: new %s fixup (PCrel:%s) of size %d @ \
   1459  1.1.1.3  christos offset %d + %d\n",
   1460  1.1.1.3  christos 		fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line,
   1461  1.1.1.3  christos 		(fixup->reloc < 0) ? "Internal" :
   1462  1.1.1.3  christos 		bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixup->reloc),
   1463  1.1.1.3  christos 		pcrel ? "Y" : "N",
   1464  1.1.1.3  christos 		size, fix, offset);
   1465  1.1.1.3  christos       fix_new_exp (fragP, fix + offset,
   1466  1.1.1.3  christos 		   size, &fixup->exp, pcrel, fixup->reloc);
   1467      1.1  christos 
   1468  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Check for ZOLs, and update symbol info if any.  */
   1469  1.1.1.3  christos       if (LP_INSN (insn->insn))
   1470      1.1  christos 	{
   1471  1.1.1.3  christos 	  gas_assert (fixup->exp.X_add_symbol);
   1472  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ARC_SET_FLAG (fixup->exp.X_add_symbol, ARC_FLAG_ZOL);
   1473      1.1  christos 	}
   1474      1.1  christos     }
   1475  1.1.1.2  christos }
   1476      1.1  christos 
   1477  1.1.1.3  christos /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup.  */
   1478      1.1  christos 
   1479  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   1480  1.1.1.6  christos emit_insn0 (struct arc_insn *insn, char *where, bool relax)
   1481  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1482  1.1.1.3  christos   char *f = where;
   1483  1.1.1.4  christos   size_t total_len;
   1484      1.1  christos 
   1485  1.1.1.4  christos   pr_debug ("Emit insn : 0x%llx\n", insn->insn);
   1486  1.1.1.6  christos   pr_debug ("\tLength  : %d\n", insn->len);
   1487  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("\tLong imm: 0x%lx\n", insn->limm);
   1488      1.1  christos 
   1489  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Write out the instruction.  */
   1490  1.1.1.4  christos   total_len = insn->len + (insn->has_limm ? 4 : 0);
   1491  1.1.1.4  christos   if (!relax)
   1492  1.1.1.4  christos     f = frag_more (total_len);
   1493  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1494  1.1.1.4  christos   md_number_to_chars_midend(f, insn->insn, insn->len);
   1495  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1496  1.1.1.4  christos   if (insn->has_limm)
   1497  1.1.1.4  christos     md_number_to_chars_midend (f + insn->len, insn->limm, 4);
   1498  1.1.1.4  christos   dwarf2_emit_insn (total_len);
   1499      1.1  christos 
   1500  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!relax)
   1501  1.1.1.3  christos     apply_fixups (insn, frag_now, (f - frag_now->fr_literal));
   1502  1.1.1.3  christos }
   1503  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1504  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   1505  1.1.1.3  christos emit_insn1 (struct arc_insn *insn)
   1506  1.1.1.3  christos {
   1507  1.1.1.3  christos   /* How frag_var's args are currently configured:
   1508  1.1.1.3  christos      - rs_machine_dependent, to dictate it's a relaxation frag.
   1509  1.1.1.3  christos      - FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, maximum size of instruction
   1510  1.1.1.3  christos      - 0, variable size that might grow...unused by generic relaxation.
   1511  1.1.1.3  christos      - frag_now->fr_subtype, fr_subtype starting value, set previously.
   1512  1.1.1.3  christos      - s, opand expression.
   1513  1.1.1.3  christos      - 0, offset but it's unused.
   1514  1.1.1.3  christos      - 0, opcode but it's unused.  */
   1515  1.1.1.3  christos   symbolS *s = make_expr_symbol (&insn->fixups[0].exp);
   1516  1.1.1.3  christos   frag_now->tc_frag_data.pcrel = insn->fixups[0].pcrel;
   1517  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1518  1.1.1.3  christos   if (frag_room () < FRAG_MAX_GROWTH)
   1519  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   1520  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Handle differently when frag literal memory is exhausted.
   1521  1.1.1.3  christos 	 This is used because when there's not enough memory left in
   1522  1.1.1.3  christos 	 the current frag, a new frag is created and the information
   1523  1.1.1.3  christos 	 we put into frag_now->tc_frag_data is disregarded.  */
   1524  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1525  1.1.1.3  christos       struct arc_relax_type relax_info_copy;
   1526  1.1.1.3  christos       relax_substateT subtype = frag_now->fr_subtype;
   1527  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1528  1.1.1.3  christos       memcpy (&relax_info_copy, &frag_now->tc_frag_data,
   1529  1.1.1.3  christos 	      sizeof (struct arc_relax_type));
   1530      1.1  christos 
   1531  1.1.1.3  christos       frag_wane (frag_now);
   1532  1.1.1.3  christos       frag_grow (FRAG_MAX_GROWTH);
   1533      1.1  christos 
   1534  1.1.1.3  christos       memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data, &relax_info_copy,
   1535  1.1.1.3  christos 	      sizeof (struct arc_relax_type));
   1536  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1537  1.1.1.3  christos       frag_var (rs_machine_dependent, FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, 0,
   1538  1.1.1.3  christos 		subtype, s, 0, 0);
   1539  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   1540  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   1541  1.1.1.3  christos     frag_var (rs_machine_dependent, FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, 0,
   1542  1.1.1.3  christos 	      frag_now->fr_subtype, s, 0, 0);
   1543      1.1  christos }
   1544      1.1  christos 
   1545  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   1546  1.1.1.3  christos emit_insn (struct arc_insn *insn)
   1547      1.1  christos {
   1548  1.1.1.3  christos   if (insn->relax)
   1549  1.1.1.3  christos     emit_insn1 (insn);
   1550      1.1  christos   else
   1551  1.1.1.6  christos     emit_insn0 (insn, NULL, false);
   1552      1.1  christos }
   1553      1.1  christos 
   1554  1.1.1.3  christos /* Check whether a symbol involves a register.  */
   1555      1.1  christos 
   1556  1.1.1.6  christos static bool
   1557  1.1.1.3  christos contains_register (symbolS *sym)
   1558      1.1  christos {
   1559  1.1.1.3  christos   if (sym)
   1560  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   1561  1.1.1.3  christos       expressionS *ex = symbol_get_value_expression (sym);
   1562  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1563  1.1.1.3  christos       return ((O_register == ex->X_op)
   1564  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && !contains_register (ex->X_add_symbol)
   1565  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && !contains_register (ex->X_op_symbol));
   1566  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   1567      1.1  christos 
   1568  1.1.1.6  christos   return false;
   1569      1.1  christos }
   1570      1.1  christos 
   1571  1.1.1.3  christos /* Returns the register number within a symbol.  */
   1572      1.1  christos 
   1573  1.1.1.3  christos static int
   1574  1.1.1.3  christos get_register (symbolS *sym)
   1575      1.1  christos {
   1576  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!contains_register (sym))
   1577  1.1.1.3  christos     return -1;
   1578      1.1  christos 
   1579  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS *ex = symbol_get_value_expression (sym);
   1580  1.1.1.3  christos   return regno (ex->X_add_number);
   1581  1.1.1.3  christos }
   1582      1.1  christos 
   1583  1.1.1.3  christos /* Return true if a RELOC is generic.  A generic reloc is PC-rel of a
   1584  1.1.1.3  christos    simple ME relocation (e.g. RELOC_ARC_32_ME, BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32.  */
   1585      1.1  christos 
   1586  1.1.1.6  christos static bool
   1587  1.1.1.3  christos generic_reloc_p (extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
   1588  1.1.1.3  christos {
   1589  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!reloc)
   1590  1.1.1.6  christos     return false;
   1591      1.1  christos 
   1592  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (reloc)
   1593      1.1  christos     {
   1594  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST:
   1595  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST1:
   1596  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST2:
   1597  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD:
   1598  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD1:
   1599  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD2:
   1600  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_ST2:
   1601  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA32_ME:
   1602  1.1.1.6  christos       return false;
   1603  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   1604  1.1.1.6  christos       return true;
   1605      1.1  christos     }
   1606      1.1  christos }
   1607      1.1  christos 
   1608  1.1.1.3  christos /* Allocates a tok entry.  */
   1609      1.1  christos 
   1610  1.1.1.3  christos static int
   1611  1.1.1.3  christos allocate_tok (expressionS *tok, int ntok, int cidx)
   1612      1.1  christos {
   1613  1.1.1.3  christos   if (ntok > MAX_INSN_ARGS - 2)
   1614  1.1.1.3  christos     return 0; /* No space left.  */
   1615      1.1  christos 
   1616  1.1.1.3  christos   if (cidx > ntok)
   1617  1.1.1.4  christos     return 0; /* Incorrect args.  */
   1618  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1619  1.1.1.3  christos   memcpy (&tok[ntok+1], &tok[ntok], sizeof (*tok));
   1620  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1621  1.1.1.3  christos   if (cidx == ntok)
   1622  1.1.1.3  christos     return 1; /* Success.  */
   1623  1.1.1.3  christos   return allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, cidx);
   1624      1.1  christos }
   1625      1.1  christos 
   1626  1.1.1.3  christos /* Check if an particular ARC feature is enabled.  */
   1627      1.1  christos 
   1628  1.1.1.6  christos static bool
   1629  1.1.1.3  christos check_cpu_feature (insn_subclass_t sc)
   1630  1.1.1.2  christos {
   1631  1.1.1.4  christos   if (is_code_density_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & CD))
   1632  1.1.1.6  christos     return false;
   1633  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1634  1.1.1.4  christos   if (is_spfp_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & SPX))
   1635  1.1.1.6  christos     return false;
   1636  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1637  1.1.1.4  christos   if (is_dpfp_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & DPX))
   1638  1.1.1.6  christos     return false;
   1639  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1640  1.1.1.4  christos   if (is_fpuda_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & DPA))
   1641  1.1.1.6  christos     return false;
   1642  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1643  1.1.1.4  christos   if (is_nps400_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & NPS400))
   1644  1.1.1.6  christos     return false;
   1645  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1646  1.1.1.6  christos   return true;
   1647  1.1.1.3  christos }
   1648  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1649  1.1.1.3  christos /* Parse the flags described by FIRST_PFLAG and NFLGS against the flag
   1650  1.1.1.3  christos    operands in OPCODE.  Stores the matching OPCODES into the FIRST_PFLAG
   1651  1.1.1.3  christos    array and returns TRUE if the flag operands all match, otherwise,
   1652  1.1.1.3  christos    returns FALSE, in which case the FIRST_PFLAG array may have been
   1653  1.1.1.3  christos    modified.  */
   1654  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1655  1.1.1.6  christos static bool
   1656  1.1.1.3  christos parse_opcode_flags (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
   1657  1.1.1.3  christos                     int nflgs,
   1658  1.1.1.3  christos                     struct arc_flags *first_pflag)
   1659  1.1.1.3  christos {
   1660  1.1.1.3  christos   int lnflg, i;
   1661  1.1.1.3  christos   const unsigned char *flgidx;
   1662  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1663  1.1.1.3  christos   lnflg = nflgs;
   1664  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++)
   1665  1.1.1.3  christos     first_pflag[i].flgp = NULL;
   1666  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1667  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check the flags.  Iterate over the valid flag classes.  */
   1668  1.1.1.3  christos   for (flgidx = opcode->flags; *flgidx; ++flgidx)
   1669  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   1670  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Get a valid flag class.  */
   1671  1.1.1.3  christos       const struct arc_flag_class *cl_flags = &arc_flag_classes[*flgidx];
   1672  1.1.1.3  christos       const unsigned *flgopridx;
   1673  1.1.1.3  christos       int cl_matches = 0;
   1674  1.1.1.3  christos       struct arc_flags *pflag = NULL;
   1675  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1676  1.1.1.4  christos       /* Check if opcode has implicit flag classes.  */
   1677  1.1.1.4  christos       if (cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_IMPLICIT)
   1678  1.1.1.4  christos 	continue;
   1679  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1680  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Check for extension conditional codes.  */
   1681  1.1.1.3  christos       if (ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode
   1682  1.1.1.3  christos           && cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_EXTEND)
   1683  1.1.1.3  christos         {
   1684  1.1.1.3  christos           struct arc_flag_operand *pf = ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode;
   1685  1.1.1.3  christos           while (pf->name)
   1686  1.1.1.3  christos             {
   1687  1.1.1.3  christos               pflag = first_pflag;
   1688  1.1.1.3  christos               for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++, pflag++)
   1689  1.1.1.3  christos                 {
   1690  1.1.1.3  christos                   if (!strcmp (pf->name, pflag->name))
   1691  1.1.1.3  christos                     {
   1692  1.1.1.3  christos                       if (pflag->flgp != NULL)
   1693  1.1.1.6  christos                         return false;
   1694  1.1.1.3  christos                       /* Found it.  */
   1695  1.1.1.3  christos                       cl_matches++;
   1696  1.1.1.3  christos                       pflag->flgp = pf;
   1697  1.1.1.3  christos                       lnflg--;
   1698  1.1.1.3  christos                       break;
   1699  1.1.1.3  christos                     }
   1700  1.1.1.3  christos                 }
   1701  1.1.1.3  christos               pf++;
   1702  1.1.1.3  christos             }
   1703  1.1.1.3  christos         }
   1704  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1705  1.1.1.3  christos       for (flgopridx = cl_flags->flags; *flgopridx; ++flgopridx)
   1706  1.1.1.3  christos         {
   1707  1.1.1.3  christos           const struct arc_flag_operand *flg_operand;
   1708  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1709  1.1.1.3  christos           pflag = first_pflag;
   1710  1.1.1.3  christos           flg_operand = &arc_flag_operands[*flgopridx];
   1711  1.1.1.3  christos           for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++, pflag++)
   1712  1.1.1.3  christos             {
   1713  1.1.1.3  christos               /* Match against the parsed flags.  */
   1714  1.1.1.3  christos               if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, pflag->name))
   1715  1.1.1.3  christos                 {
   1716  1.1.1.3  christos                   if (pflag->flgp != NULL)
   1717  1.1.1.6  christos                     return false;
   1718  1.1.1.3  christos                   cl_matches++;
   1719  1.1.1.3  christos                   pflag->flgp = flg_operand;
   1720  1.1.1.3  christos                   lnflg--;
   1721  1.1.1.3  christos                   break; /* goto next flag class and parsed flag.  */
   1722  1.1.1.3  christos                 }
   1723  1.1.1.3  christos             }
   1724  1.1.1.3  christos         }
   1725  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1726  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_REQUIRED) && cl_matches == 0)
   1727  1.1.1.6  christos         return false;
   1728  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_OPTIONAL) && cl_matches > 1)
   1729  1.1.1.6  christos         return false;
   1730      1.1  christos     }
   1731  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1732  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Did I check all the parsed flags?  */
   1733  1.1.1.6  christos   return lnflg == 0;
   1734  1.1.1.3  christos }
   1735  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1736  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1737  1.1.1.3  christos /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
   1738  1.1.1.3  christos    syntax match.  */
   1739  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1740  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode *
   1741  1.1.1.3  christos find_opcode_match (const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry,
   1742  1.1.1.3  christos 		   expressionS *tok,
   1743  1.1.1.3  christos 		   int *pntok,
   1744  1.1.1.3  christos 		   struct arc_flags *first_pflag,
   1745  1.1.1.3  christos 		   int nflgs,
   1746  1.1.1.4  christos 		   int *pcpumatch,
   1747  1.1.1.4  christos 		   const char **errmsg)
   1748  1.1.1.3  christos {
   1749  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
   1750  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator iter;
   1751  1.1.1.3  christos   int ntok = *pntok;
   1752  1.1.1.3  christos   int got_cpu_match = 0;
   1753  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS bktok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
   1754  1.1.1.6  christos   int bkntok, maxerridx = 0;
   1755  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS emptyE;
   1756  1.1.1.6  christos   const char *tmpmsg = NULL;
   1757  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1758  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_init (&iter);
   1759  1.1.1.3  christos   memset (&emptyE, 0, sizeof (emptyE));
   1760  1.1.1.3  christos   memcpy (bktok, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS * sizeof (*tok));
   1761  1.1.1.3  christos   bkntok = ntok;
   1762  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1763  1.1.1.3  christos   for (opcode = arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (entry, &iter);
   1764  1.1.1.3  christos        opcode != NULL;
   1765  1.1.1.3  christos        opcode = arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (entry, &iter))
   1766      1.1  christos     {
   1767  1.1.1.3  christos       const unsigned char *opidx;
   1768  1.1.1.3  christos       int tokidx = 0;
   1769  1.1.1.3  christos       const expressionS *t = &emptyE;
   1770  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1771  1.1.1.4  christos       pr_debug ("%s:%d: find_opcode_match: trying opcode 0x%08llX ",
   1772  1.1.1.3  christos 		frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opcode->opcode);
   1773  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1774  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this
   1775  1.1.1.3  christos 	 architecture.  */
   1776  1.1.1.4  christos       if (!(opcode->cpu & selected_cpu.flags))
   1777  1.1.1.3  christos 	goto match_failed;
   1778  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1779  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!check_cpu_feature (opcode->subclass))
   1780  1.1.1.3  christos 	goto match_failed;
   1781  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1782  1.1.1.3  christos       got_cpu_match = 1;
   1783  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("cpu ");
   1784  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1785  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Check the operands.  */
   1786  1.1.1.3  christos       for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
   1787  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   1788  1.1.1.3  christos 	  const struct arc_operand *operand = &arc_operands[*opidx];
   1789  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1790  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Only take input from real operands.  */
   1791  1.1.1.4  christos 	  if (ARC_OPERAND_IS_FAKE (operand))
   1792  1.1.1.3  christos 	    continue;
   1793  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1794  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* When we expect input, make sure we have it.  */
   1795  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (tokidx >= ntok)
   1796  1.1.1.3  christos 	    goto match_failed;
   1797  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1798  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Match operand type with expression type.  */
   1799  1.1.1.3  christos 	  switch (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
   1800  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   1801  1.1.1.4  christos             case ARC_OPERAND_ADDRTYPE:
   1802  1.1.1.4  christos 	      {
   1803  1.1.1.6  christos 		tmpmsg = NULL;
   1804  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1805  1.1.1.4  christos 		/* Check to be an address type.  */
   1806  1.1.1.4  christos 		if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_addrtype)
   1807  1.1.1.4  christos 		  goto match_failed;
   1808  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1809  1.1.1.4  christos 		/* All address type operands need to have an insert
   1810  1.1.1.4  christos 		   method in order to check that we have the correct
   1811  1.1.1.4  christos 		   address type.  */
   1812  1.1.1.4  christos 		gas_assert (operand->insert != NULL);
   1813  1.1.1.4  christos 		(*operand->insert) (0, tok[tokidx].X_add_number,
   1814  1.1.1.6  christos 				    &tmpmsg);
   1815  1.1.1.6  christos 		if (tmpmsg != NULL)
   1816  1.1.1.4  christos 		  goto match_failed;
   1817  1.1.1.4  christos 	      }
   1818  1.1.1.4  christos               break;
   1819  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1820  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case ARC_OPERAND_IR:
   1821  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* Check to be a register.  */
   1822  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if ((tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
   1823  1.1.1.3  christos 		   || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   1824  1.1.1.3  christos 		  && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
   1825  1.1.1.3  christos 		goto match_failed;
   1826  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1827  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* If expect duplicate, make sure it is duplicate.  */
   1828  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
   1829  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   1830  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Check for duplicate.  */
   1831  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (t->X_op != O_register
   1832  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || !is_ir_num (t->X_add_number)
   1833  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || (regno (t->X_add_number) !=
   1834  1.1.1.3  christos 			  regno (tok[tokidx].X_add_number)))
   1835  1.1.1.3  christos 		    goto match_failed;
   1836  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   1837  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1838  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* Special handling?  */
   1839  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (operand->insert)
   1840  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   1841  1.1.1.6  christos 		  tmpmsg = NULL;
   1842  1.1.1.3  christos 		  (*operand->insert)(0,
   1843  1.1.1.3  christos 				     regno (tok[tokidx].X_add_number),
   1844  1.1.1.6  christos 				     &tmpmsg);
   1845  1.1.1.6  christos 		  if (tmpmsg)
   1846  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   1847  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE)
   1848  1.1.1.3  christos 			{
   1849  1.1.1.3  christos 			  /* Missing argument, create one.  */
   1850  1.1.1.3  christos 			  if (!allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, tokidx))
   1851  1.1.1.3  christos 			    goto match_failed;
   1852  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1853  1.1.1.3  christos 			  tok[tokidx].X_op = O_absent;
   1854  1.1.1.3  christos 			  ++ntok;
   1855  1.1.1.3  christos 			}
   1856  1.1.1.3  christos 		      else
   1857  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1858  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   1859  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   1860  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1861  1.1.1.3  christos 	      t = &tok[tokidx];
   1862  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   1863  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1864  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET:
   1865  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* Check if bracket is also in opcode table as
   1866  1.1.1.3  christos 		 operand.  */
   1867  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_bracket)
   1868  1.1.1.3  christos 		goto match_failed;
   1869  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   1870  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1871  1.1.1.4  christos             case ARC_OPERAND_COLON:
   1872  1.1.1.4  christos               /* Check if colon is also in opcode table as operand.  */
   1873  1.1.1.4  christos               if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_colon)
   1874  1.1.1.4  christos                 goto match_failed;
   1875  1.1.1.4  christos               break;
   1876  1.1.1.4  christos 
   1877  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case ARC_OPERAND_LIMM:
   1878  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED:
   1879  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case ARC_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
   1880  1.1.1.3  christos 	      switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
   1881  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   1882  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_illegal:
   1883  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_absent:
   1884  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_register:
   1885  1.1.1.3  christos 		  goto match_failed;
   1886  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1887  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_bracket:
   1888  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Got an (too) early bracket, check if it is an
   1889  1.1.1.3  christos 		     ignored operand.  N.B. This procedure works only
   1890  1.1.1.3  christos 		     when bracket is the last operand!  */
   1891  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
   1892  1.1.1.3  christos 		    goto match_failed;
   1893  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Insert the missing operand.  */
   1894  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (!allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, tokidx))
   1895  1.1.1.3  christos 		    goto match_failed;
   1896  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1897  1.1.1.3  christos 		  tok[tokidx].X_op = O_absent;
   1898  1.1.1.3  christos 		  ++ntok;
   1899  1.1.1.3  christos 		  break;
   1900  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1901  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_symbol:
   1902  1.1.1.3  christos 		  {
   1903  1.1.1.3  christos 		    const char *p;
   1904  1.1.1.5  christos 		    char *tmpp, *pp;
   1905  1.1.1.3  christos 		    const struct arc_aux_reg *auxr;
   1906  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1907  1.1.1.3  christos 		    if (opcode->insn_class != AUXREG)
   1908  1.1.1.3  christos 		      goto de_fault;
   1909  1.1.1.3  christos 		    p = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
   1910  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1911  1.1.1.5  christos 		    /* For compatibility reasons, an aux register can
   1912  1.1.1.5  christos 		       be spelled with upper or lower case
   1913  1.1.1.5  christos 		       letters.  */
   1914  1.1.1.5  christos 		    tmpp = strdup (p);
   1915  1.1.1.5  christos 		    for (pp = tmpp; *pp; ++pp) *pp = TOLOWER (*pp);
   1916  1.1.1.5  christos 
   1917  1.1.1.6  christos 		    auxr = str_hash_find (arc_aux_hash, tmpp);
   1918  1.1.1.3  christos 		    if (auxr)
   1919  1.1.1.3  christos 		      {
   1920  1.1.1.3  christos 			/* We modify the token array here, safe in the
   1921  1.1.1.3  christos 			   knowledge, that if this was the wrong
   1922  1.1.1.3  christos 			   choice then the original contents will be
   1923  1.1.1.3  christos 			   restored from BKTOK.  */
   1924  1.1.1.3  christos 			tok[tokidx].X_op = O_constant;
   1925  1.1.1.3  christos 			tok[tokidx].X_add_number = auxr->address;
   1926  1.1.1.3  christos 			ARC_SET_FLAG (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol, ARC_FLAG_AUX);
   1927  1.1.1.3  christos 		      }
   1928  1.1.1.5  christos 		    free (tmpp);
   1929  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1930  1.1.1.3  christos 		    if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_constant)
   1931  1.1.1.3  christos 		      goto de_fault;
   1932  1.1.1.3  christos 		  }
   1933  1.1.1.4  christos 		  /* Fall through.  */
   1934  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_constant:
   1935  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Check the range.  */
   1936  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (operand->bits != 32
   1937  1.1.1.3  christos 		      && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK))
   1938  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   1939  1.1.1.3  christos 		      offsetT min, max, val;
   1940  1.1.1.3  christos 		      val = tok[tokidx].X_add_number;
   1941  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1942  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   1943  1.1.1.3  christos 			{
   1944  1.1.1.3  christos 			  max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
   1945  1.1.1.3  christos 			  min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
   1946  1.1.1.3  christos 			}
   1947  1.1.1.3  christos 		      else
   1948  1.1.1.3  christos 			{
   1949  1.1.1.3  christos 			  max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
   1950  1.1.1.3  christos 			  min = 0;
   1951  1.1.1.3  christos 			}
   1952  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1953  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (val < min || val > max)
   1954  1.1.1.6  christos 			{
   1955  1.1.1.6  christos 			  tmpmsg = _("immediate is out of bounds");
   1956  1.1.1.6  christos 			  goto match_failed;
   1957  1.1.1.6  christos 			}
   1958  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1959  1.1.1.4  christos 		      /* Check alignments.  */
   1960  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
   1961  1.1.1.3  christos 			  && (val & 0x03))
   1962  1.1.1.6  christos 			{
   1963  1.1.1.6  christos 			  tmpmsg = _("immediate is not 32bit aligned");
   1964  1.1.1.6  christos 			  goto match_failed;
   1965  1.1.1.6  christos 			}
   1966  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1967  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
   1968  1.1.1.3  christos 			  && (val & 0x01))
   1969  1.1.1.6  christos 			{
   1970  1.1.1.6  christos 			  tmpmsg = _("immediate is not 16bit aligned");
   1971  1.1.1.6  christos 			  goto match_failed;
   1972  1.1.1.6  christos 			}
   1973  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   1974  1.1.1.3  christos 		  else if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK)
   1975  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   1976  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (operand->insert)
   1977  1.1.1.3  christos 			{
   1978  1.1.1.6  christos 			  tmpmsg = NULL;
   1979  1.1.1.3  christos 			  (*operand->insert)(0,
   1980  1.1.1.3  christos 					     tok[tokidx].X_add_number,
   1981  1.1.1.6  christos 					     &tmpmsg);
   1982  1.1.1.6  christos 			  if (tmpmsg)
   1983  1.1.1.3  christos 			    goto match_failed;
   1984  1.1.1.3  christos 			}
   1985  1.1.1.3  christos 		      else if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
   1986  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   1987  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   1988  1.1.1.3  christos 		  break;
   1989  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1990  1.1.1.3  christos 		case O_subtract:
   1991  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Check if it is register range.  */
   1992  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if ((tok[tokidx].X_add_number == 0)
   1993  1.1.1.3  christos 		      && contains_register (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol)
   1994  1.1.1.3  christos 		      && contains_register (tok[tokidx].X_op_symbol))
   1995  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   1996  1.1.1.3  christos 		      int regs;
   1997  1.1.1.3  christos 
   1998  1.1.1.3  christos 		      regs = get_register (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
   1999  1.1.1.3  christos 		      regs <<= 16;
   2000  1.1.1.3  christos 		      regs |= get_register (tok[tokidx].X_op_symbol);
   2001  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (operand->insert)
   2002  1.1.1.3  christos 			{
   2003  1.1.1.6  christos 			  tmpmsg = NULL;
   2004  1.1.1.3  christos 			  (*operand->insert)(0,
   2005  1.1.1.3  christos 					     regs,
   2006  1.1.1.6  christos 					     &tmpmsg);
   2007  1.1.1.6  christos 			  if (tmpmsg)
   2008  1.1.1.3  christos 			    goto match_failed;
   2009  1.1.1.3  christos 			}
   2010  1.1.1.3  christos 		      else
   2011  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   2012  1.1.1.3  christos 		      break;
   2013  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   2014  1.1.1.4  christos 		  /* Fall through.  */
   2015  1.1.1.3  christos 		default:
   2016  1.1.1.3  christos 		de_fault:
   2017  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
   2018  1.1.1.3  christos 		    goto match_failed; /* The operand needs relocation.  */
   2019  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2020  1.1.1.3  christos 		  /* Relocs requiring long immediate.  FIXME! make it
   2021  1.1.1.3  christos 		     generic and move it to a function.  */
   2022  1.1.1.3  christos 		  switch (tok[tokidx].X_md)
   2023  1.1.1.3  christos 		    {
   2024  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_gotoff:
   2025  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_gotpc:
   2026  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_pcl:
   2027  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_tpoff:
   2028  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_dtpoff:
   2029  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_tlsgd:
   2030  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_tlsie:
   2031  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM))
   2032  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   2033  1.1.1.4  christos 		      /* Fall through.  */
   2034  1.1.1.3  christos 		    case O_absent:
   2035  1.1.1.3  christos 		      if (!generic_reloc_p (operand->default_reloc))
   2036  1.1.1.3  christos 			goto match_failed;
   2037  1.1.1.4  christos 		      break;
   2038  1.1.1.3  christos 		    default:
   2039  1.1.1.3  christos 		      break;
   2040  1.1.1.3  christos 		    }
   2041  1.1.1.3  christos 		  break;
   2042  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   2043  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* If expect duplicate, make sure it is duplicate.  */
   2044  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
   2045  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   2046  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (t->X_op == O_illegal
   2047  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || t->X_op == O_absent
   2048  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || t->X_op == O_register
   2049  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || (t->X_add_number != tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
   2050  1.1.1.6  christos 		    {
   2051  1.1.1.6  christos 		      tmpmsg = _("operand is not duplicate of the "
   2052  1.1.1.6  christos 				 "previous one");
   2053  1.1.1.6  christos 		      goto match_failed;
   2054  1.1.1.6  christos 		    }
   2055  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   2056  1.1.1.3  christos 	      t = &tok[tokidx];
   2057  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   2058  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2059  1.1.1.3  christos 	    default:
   2060  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* Everything else should have been fake.  */
   2061  1.1.1.3  christos 	      abort ();
   2062  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2063  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2064  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ++tokidx;
   2065  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2066  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("opr ");
   2067  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2068  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Setup ready for flag parsing.  */
   2069  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!parse_opcode_flags (opcode, nflgs, first_pflag))
   2070  1.1.1.6  christos 	{
   2071  1.1.1.6  christos 	  tmpmsg = _("flag mismatch");
   2072  1.1.1.6  christos 	  goto match_failed;
   2073  1.1.1.6  christos 	}
   2074  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2075  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("flg");
   2076  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input?  */
   2077  1.1.1.3  christos       if (tokidx == ntok)
   2078  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2079  1.1.1.3  christos 	  *pntok = ntok;
   2080  1.1.1.3  christos 	  pr_debug ("\n");
   2081  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return opcode;
   2082  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2083  1.1.1.6  christos       tmpmsg = _("too many arguments");
   2084  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2085  1.1.1.3  christos     match_failed:;
   2086  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("\n");
   2087  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Restore the original parameters.  */
   2088  1.1.1.3  christos       memcpy (tok, bktok, MAX_INSN_ARGS * sizeof (*tok));
   2089  1.1.1.3  christos       ntok = bkntok;
   2090  1.1.1.6  christos       if (tokidx >= maxerridx
   2091  1.1.1.6  christos 	  && tmpmsg)
   2092  1.1.1.6  christos 	{
   2093  1.1.1.6  christos 	  maxerridx = tokidx;
   2094  1.1.1.6  christos 	  *errmsg = tmpmsg;
   2095  1.1.1.6  christos 	}
   2096      1.1  christos     }
   2097      1.1  christos 
   2098  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*pcpumatch)
   2099  1.1.1.3  christos     *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
   2100      1.1  christos 
   2101  1.1.1.3  christos   return NULL;
   2102  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2103  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2104  1.1.1.3  christos /* Swap operand tokens.  */
   2105      1.1  christos 
   2106  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   2107  1.1.1.3  christos swap_operand (expressionS *operand_array,
   2108  1.1.1.3  christos 	      unsigned source,
   2109  1.1.1.3  christos 	      unsigned destination)
   2110  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2111  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS cpy_operand;
   2112  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS *src_operand;
   2113  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS *dst_operand;
   2114  1.1.1.3  christos   size_t size;
   2115  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2116  1.1.1.3  christos   if (source == destination)
   2117  1.1.1.3  christos     return;
   2118  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2119  1.1.1.3  christos   src_operand = &operand_array[source];
   2120  1.1.1.3  christos   dst_operand = &operand_array[destination];
   2121  1.1.1.3  christos   size = sizeof (expressionS);
   2122  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2123  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Make copy of operand to swap with and swap.  */
   2124  1.1.1.3  christos   memcpy (&cpy_operand, dst_operand, size);
   2125  1.1.1.3  christos   memcpy (dst_operand, src_operand, size);
   2126  1.1.1.3  christos   memcpy (src_operand, &cpy_operand, size);
   2127  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2128  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2129  1.1.1.3  christos /* Check if *op matches *tok type.
   2130  1.1.1.3  christos    Returns FALSE if they don't match, TRUE if they match.  */
   2131  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2132  1.1.1.6  christos static bool
   2133  1.1.1.3  christos pseudo_operand_match (const expressionS *tok,
   2134  1.1.1.3  christos 		      const struct arc_operand_operation *op)
   2135  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2136  1.1.1.3  christos   offsetT min, max, val;
   2137  1.1.1.6  christos   bool ret;
   2138  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_operand *operand_real = &arc_operands[op->operand_idx];
   2139  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2140  1.1.1.6  christos   ret = false;
   2141  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (tok->X_op)
   2142  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2143  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_constant:
   2144  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_real->bits == 32 && (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM))
   2145  1.1.1.3  christos 	ret = 1;
   2146  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (!(operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR))
   2147  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2148  1.1.1.3  christos 	  val = tok->X_add_number + op->count;
   2149  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   2150  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2151  1.1.1.3  christos 	      max = (1 << (operand_real->bits - 1)) - 1;
   2152  1.1.1.3  christos 	      min = -(1 << (operand_real->bits - 1));
   2153  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2154  1.1.1.3  christos 	  else
   2155  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2156  1.1.1.3  christos 	      max = (1 << operand_real->bits) - 1;
   2157  1.1.1.3  christos 	      min = 0;
   2158  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2159  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (min <= val && val <= max)
   2160  1.1.1.6  christos 	    ret = true;
   2161  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2162  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   2163  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2164  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_symbol:
   2165  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Handle all symbols as long immediates or signed 9.  */
   2166  1.1.1.4  christos       if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM
   2167  1.1.1.4  christos 	  || ((operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   2168  1.1.1.4  christos 	      && operand_real->bits == 9))
   2169  1.1.1.6  christos 	ret = true;
   2170  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   2171      1.1  christos 
   2172  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_register:
   2173  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR)
   2174  1.1.1.6  christos 	ret = true;
   2175  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   2176  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2177  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_bracket:
   2178  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET)
   2179  1.1.1.6  christos 	ret = true;
   2180  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   2181      1.1  christos 
   2182  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   2183  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Unknown.  */
   2184  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   2185  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2186  1.1.1.3  christos   return ret;
   2187  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2188      1.1  christos 
   2189  1.1.1.3  christos /* Find pseudo instruction in array.  */
   2190  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2191  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_pseudo_insn *
   2192  1.1.1.3  christos find_pseudo_insn (const char *opname,
   2193  1.1.1.3  christos 		  int ntok,
   2194  1.1.1.3  christos 		  const expressionS *tok)
   2195  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2196  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_pseudo_insn *pseudo_insn = NULL;
   2197  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_operand_operation *op;
   2198  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned int i;
   2199  1.1.1.3  christos   int j;
   2200  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2201  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_pseudo_insn; ++i)
   2202      1.1  christos     {
   2203  1.1.1.3  christos       pseudo_insn = &arc_pseudo_insns[i];
   2204  1.1.1.3  christos       if (strcmp (pseudo_insn->mnemonic_p, opname) == 0)
   2205  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2206  1.1.1.3  christos 	  op = pseudo_insn->operand;
   2207  1.1.1.3  christos 	  for (j = 0; j < ntok; ++j)
   2208  1.1.1.3  christos 	    if (!pseudo_operand_match (&tok[j], &op[j]))
   2209  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   2210  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2211  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Found the right instruction.  */
   2212  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (j == ntok)
   2213  1.1.1.3  christos 	    return pseudo_insn;
   2214  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2215      1.1  christos     }
   2216  1.1.1.3  christos   return NULL;
   2217  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2218      1.1  christos 
   2219  1.1.1.3  christos /* Assumes the expressionS *tok is of sufficient size.  */
   2220      1.1  christos 
   2221  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
   2222  1.1.1.3  christos find_special_case_pseudo (const char *opname,
   2223  1.1.1.3  christos 			  int *ntok,
   2224  1.1.1.3  christos 			  expressionS *tok,
   2225  1.1.1.3  christos 			  int *nflgs,
   2226  1.1.1.3  christos 			  struct arc_flags *pflags)
   2227  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2228  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_pseudo_insn *pseudo_insn = NULL;
   2229  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_operand_operation *operand_pseudo;
   2230  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_operand *operand_real;
   2231  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned i;
   2232  1.1.1.3  christos   char construct_operand[MAX_CONSTR_STR];
   2233  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2234  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Find whether opname is in pseudo instruction array.  */
   2235  1.1.1.3  christos   pseudo_insn = find_pseudo_insn (opname, *ntok, tok);
   2236      1.1  christos 
   2237  1.1.1.3  christos   if (pseudo_insn == NULL)
   2238  1.1.1.3  christos     return NULL;
   2239      1.1  christos 
   2240  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Handle flag, Limited to one flag at the moment.  */
   2241  1.1.1.3  christos   if (pseudo_insn->flag_r != NULL)
   2242  1.1.1.3  christos     *nflgs += tokenize_flags (pseudo_insn->flag_r, &pflags[*nflgs],
   2243  1.1.1.3  christos 			      MAX_INSN_FLGS - *nflgs);
   2244      1.1  christos 
   2245  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Handle operand operations.  */
   2246  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < pseudo_insn->operand_cnt; ++i)
   2247  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2248  1.1.1.3  christos       operand_pseudo = &pseudo_insn->operand[i];
   2249  1.1.1.3  christos       operand_real = &arc_operands[operand_pseudo->operand_idx];
   2250  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2251  1.1.1.4  christos       if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET
   2252  1.1.1.4  christos 	  && !operand_pseudo->needs_insert)
   2253  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2254  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2255  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Has to be inserted (i.e. this token does not exist yet).  */
   2256  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_pseudo->needs_insert)
   2257  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2258  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET)
   2259  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2260  1.1.1.3  christos 	      tok[i].X_op = O_bracket;
   2261  1.1.1.3  christos 	      ++(*ntok);
   2262  1.1.1.3  christos 	      continue;
   2263  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2264  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2265  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Check if operand is a register or constant and handle it
   2266  1.1.1.3  christos 	     by type.  */
   2267  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR)
   2268  1.1.1.3  christos 	    snprintf (construct_operand, MAX_CONSTR_STR, "r%d",
   2269  1.1.1.3  christos 		      operand_pseudo->count);
   2270  1.1.1.3  christos 	  else
   2271  1.1.1.3  christos 	    snprintf (construct_operand, MAX_CONSTR_STR, "%d",
   2272  1.1.1.3  christos 		      operand_pseudo->count);
   2273  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2274  1.1.1.3  christos 	  tokenize_arguments (construct_operand, &tok[i], 1);
   2275  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ++(*ntok);
   2276  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2277      1.1  christos 
   2278  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (operand_pseudo->count)
   2279  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2280  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Operand number has to be adjusted accordingly (by operand
   2281  1.1.1.3  christos 	     type).  */
   2282  1.1.1.3  christos 	  switch (tok[i].X_op)
   2283  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2284  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case O_constant:
   2285  1.1.1.3  christos 	      tok[i].X_add_number += operand_pseudo->count;
   2286  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   2287      1.1  christos 
   2288  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case O_symbol:
   2289  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   2290  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2291  1.1.1.3  christos 	    default:
   2292  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* Ignored.  */
   2293  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   2294  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2295  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2296  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2297  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2298  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Swap operands if necessary.  Only supports one swap at the
   2299  1.1.1.3  christos      moment.  */
   2300  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < pseudo_insn->operand_cnt; ++i)
   2301  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2302  1.1.1.3  christos       operand_pseudo = &pseudo_insn->operand[i];
   2303  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2304  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand_pseudo->swap_operand_idx == i)
   2305  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2306  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2307  1.1.1.3  christos       swap_operand (tok, i, operand_pseudo->swap_operand_idx);
   2308  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2309  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Prevent a swap back later by breaking out.  */
   2310  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   2311      1.1  christos     }
   2312  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2313  1.1.1.3  christos   return arc_find_opcode (pseudo_insn->mnemonic_r);
   2314  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2315  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2316  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
   2317  1.1.1.3  christos find_special_case_flag (const char *opname,
   2318  1.1.1.3  christos 			int *nflgs,
   2319  1.1.1.3  christos 			struct arc_flags *pflags)
   2320  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2321  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned int i;
   2322  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *flagnm;
   2323  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned flag_idx, flag_arr_idx;
   2324  1.1.1.3  christos   size_t flaglen, oplen;
   2325  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_flag_special *arc_flag_special_opcode;
   2326  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
   2327  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2328  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Search for special case instruction.  */
   2329  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_flag_special; i++)
   2330      1.1  christos     {
   2331  1.1.1.3  christos       arc_flag_special_opcode = &arc_flag_special_cases[i];
   2332  1.1.1.3  christos       oplen = strlen (arc_flag_special_opcode->name);
   2333  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2334  1.1.1.3  christos       if (strncmp (opname, arc_flag_special_opcode->name, oplen) != 0)
   2335  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2336  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2337  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Found a potential special case instruction, now test for
   2338  1.1.1.3  christos 	 flags.  */
   2339  1.1.1.3  christos       for (flag_arr_idx = 0;; ++flag_arr_idx)
   2340      1.1  christos 	{
   2341  1.1.1.3  christos 	  flag_idx = arc_flag_special_opcode->flags[flag_arr_idx];
   2342  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (flag_idx == 0)
   2343  1.1.1.3  christos 	    break;  /* End of array, nothing found.  */
   2344  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2345  1.1.1.3  christos 	  flagnm = arc_flag_operands[flag_idx].name;
   2346  1.1.1.3  christos 	  flaglen = strlen (flagnm);
   2347  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (strcmp (opname + oplen, flagnm) == 0)
   2348  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   2349  1.1.1.3  christos               entry = arc_find_opcode (arc_flag_special_opcode->name);
   2350  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2351  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (*nflgs + 1 > MAX_INSN_FLGS)
   2352  1.1.1.3  christos 		break;
   2353  1.1.1.3  christos 	      memcpy (pflags[*nflgs].name, flagnm, flaglen);
   2354  1.1.1.3  christos 	      pflags[*nflgs].name[flaglen] = '\0';
   2355  1.1.1.3  christos 	      (*nflgs)++;
   2356  1.1.1.3  christos 	      return entry;
   2357  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2358      1.1  christos 	}
   2359      1.1  christos     }
   2360  1.1.1.3  christos   return NULL;
   2361  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2362      1.1  christos 
   2363  1.1.1.3  christos /* Used to find special case opcode.  */
   2364      1.1  christos 
   2365  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
   2366  1.1.1.3  christos find_special_case (const char *opname,
   2367  1.1.1.3  christos 		   int *nflgs,
   2368  1.1.1.3  christos 		   struct arc_flags *pflags,
   2369  1.1.1.3  christos 		   expressionS *tok,
   2370  1.1.1.3  christos 		   int *ntok)
   2371      1.1  christos {
   2372  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
   2373      1.1  christos 
   2374  1.1.1.3  christos   entry = find_special_case_pseudo (opname, ntok, tok, nflgs, pflags);
   2375  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2376  1.1.1.3  christos   if (entry == NULL)
   2377  1.1.1.3  christos     entry = find_special_case_flag (opname, nflgs, pflags);
   2378  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2379  1.1.1.3  christos   return entry;
   2380  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2381  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2382  1.1.1.4  christos /* Autodetect cpu attribute list.  */
   2383  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2384  1.1.1.4  christos static void
   2385  1.1.1.4  christos autodetect_attributes (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
   2386  1.1.1.4  christos 			 const expressionS *tok,
   2387  1.1.1.4  christos 			 int ntok)
   2388  1.1.1.4  christos {
   2389  1.1.1.4  christos   unsigned i;
   2390  1.1.1.4  christos   struct mpy_type
   2391  1.1.1.4  christos   {
   2392  1.1.1.4  christos     unsigned feature;
   2393  1.1.1.4  christos     unsigned encoding;
   2394  1.1.1.4  christos   } mpy_list[] = {{ MPY1E, 1 }, { MPY6E, 6 }, { MPY7E, 7 }, { MPY8E, 8 },
   2395  1.1.1.4  christos 		 { MPY9E, 9 }};
   2396  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2397  1.1.1.4  christos   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (feature_list); i++)
   2398  1.1.1.4  christos     if (opcode->subclass == feature_list[i].feature)
   2399  1.1.1.4  christos       selected_cpu.features |= feature_list[i].feature;
   2400  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2401  1.1.1.4  christos   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mpy_list); i++)
   2402  1.1.1.4  christos     if (opcode->subclass == mpy_list[i].feature)
   2403  1.1.1.4  christos       mpy_option = mpy_list[i].encoding;
   2404  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2405  1.1.1.4  christos   for (i = 0; i < (unsigned) ntok; i++)
   2406  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   2407  1.1.1.4  christos       switch (tok[i].X_md)
   2408  1.1.1.4  christos 	{
   2409  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_gotoff:
   2410  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_gotpc:
   2411  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_plt:
   2412  1.1.1.4  christos 	  pic_option = 2;
   2413  1.1.1.4  christos 	  break;
   2414  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_sda:
   2415  1.1.1.4  christos 	  sda_option = 2;
   2416  1.1.1.4  christos 	  break;
   2417  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_tlsgd:
   2418  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_tlsie:
   2419  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_tpoff9:
   2420  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_tpoff:
   2421  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_dtpoff9:
   2422  1.1.1.4  christos 	case O_dtpoff:
   2423  1.1.1.4  christos 	  tls_option = 1;
   2424  1.1.1.4  christos 	  break;
   2425  1.1.1.4  christos 	default:
   2426  1.1.1.4  christos 	  break;
   2427  1.1.1.4  christos 	}
   2428  1.1.1.5  christos 
   2429  1.1.1.5  christos       switch (tok[i].X_op)
   2430  1.1.1.5  christos 	{
   2431  1.1.1.5  christos 	case O_register:
   2432  1.1.1.5  christos 	  if ((tok[i].X_add_number >= 4 && tok[i].X_add_number <= 9)
   2433  1.1.1.5  christos 	      || (tok[i].X_add_number >= 16 && tok[i].X_add_number <= 25))
   2434  1.1.1.6  christos 	    rf16_only = false;
   2435  1.1.1.5  christos 	  break;
   2436  1.1.1.5  christos 	default:
   2437  1.1.1.5  christos 	  break;
   2438  1.1.1.5  christos 	}
   2439  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   2440  1.1.1.4  christos }
   2441  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2442  1.1.1.3  christos /* Given an opcode name, pre-tockenized set of argumenst and the
   2443  1.1.1.3  christos    opcode flags, take it all the way through emission.  */
   2444      1.1  christos 
   2445  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   2446  1.1.1.3  christos assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
   2447  1.1.1.3  christos 		 expressionS *tok,
   2448  1.1.1.3  christos 		 int ntok,
   2449  1.1.1.3  christos 		 struct arc_flags *pflags,
   2450  1.1.1.3  christos 		 int nflgs)
   2451  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2452  1.1.1.6  christos   bool found_something = false;
   2453  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
   2454  1.1.1.3  christos   int cpumatch = 1;
   2455  1.1.1.4  christos   const char *errmsg = NULL;
   2456      1.1  christos 
   2457  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Search opcodes.  */
   2458  1.1.1.3  christos   entry = arc_find_opcode (opname);
   2459      1.1  christos 
   2460  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Couldn't find opcode conventional way, try special cases.  */
   2461  1.1.1.3  christos   if (entry == NULL)
   2462  1.1.1.3  christos     entry = find_special_case (opname, &nflgs, pflags, tok, &ntok);
   2463  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2464  1.1.1.3  christos   if (entry != NULL)
   2465  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2466  1.1.1.3  christos       const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
   2467  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2468  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("%s:%d: assemble_tokens: %s\n",
   2469  1.1.1.3  christos 		frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opname);
   2470  1.1.1.6  christos       found_something = true;
   2471  1.1.1.3  christos       opcode = find_opcode_match (entry, tok, &ntok, pflags,
   2472  1.1.1.4  christos 				  nflgs, &cpumatch, &errmsg);
   2473  1.1.1.3  christos       if (opcode != NULL)
   2474  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2475  1.1.1.3  christos 	  struct arc_insn insn;
   2476  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2477  1.1.1.4  christos 	  autodetect_attributes (opcode,  tok, ntok);
   2478  1.1.1.3  christos 	  assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, pflags, nflgs, &insn);
   2479  1.1.1.3  christos 	  emit_insn (&insn);
   2480  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return;
   2481  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2482  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2483      1.1  christos 
   2484  1.1.1.3  christos   if (found_something)
   2485  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2486  1.1.1.3  christos       if (cpumatch)
   2487  1.1.1.4  christos 	if (errmsg)
   2488  1.1.1.4  christos 	  as_bad (_("%s for instruction '%s'"), errmsg, opname);
   2489  1.1.1.4  christos 	else
   2490  1.1.1.4  christos 	  as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode '%s'"), opname);
   2491  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   2492  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_bad (_("opcode '%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
   2493  1.1.1.4  christos 		selected_cpu.name);
   2494  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2495  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   2496  1.1.1.3  christos     as_bad (_("unknown opcode '%s'"), opname);
   2497      1.1  christos }
   2498      1.1  christos 
   2499  1.1.1.3  christos /* The public interface to the instruction assembler.  */
   2500  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2501  1.1.1.2  christos void
   2502  1.1.1.3  christos md_assemble (char *str)
   2503      1.1  christos {
   2504  1.1.1.3  christos   char *opname;
   2505  1.1.1.3  christos   expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
   2506  1.1.1.3  christos   int ntok, nflg;
   2507  1.1.1.3  christos   size_t opnamelen;
   2508  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_flags flags[MAX_INSN_FLGS];
   2509  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2510  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Split off the opcode.  */
   2511  1.1.1.3  christos   opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_0123468");
   2512  1.1.1.3  christos   opname = xmemdup0 (str, opnamelen);
   2513  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2514  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Signalize we are assembling the instructions.  */
   2515  1.1.1.6  christos   assembling_insn = true;
   2516  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2517  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Tokenize the flags.  */
   2518  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((nflg = tokenize_flags (str + opnamelen, flags, MAX_INSN_FLGS)) == -1)
   2519  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2520  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("syntax error"));
   2521  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   2522  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2523  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2524  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Scan up to the end of the mnemonic which must end in space or end
   2525  1.1.1.3  christos      of string.  */
   2526  1.1.1.3  christos   str += opnamelen;
   2527  1.1.1.3  christos   for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
   2528  1.1.1.3  christos     if (*str == ' ')
   2529  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   2530      1.1  christos 
   2531  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Tokenize the rest of the line.  */
   2532  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
   2533  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2534  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("syntax error"));
   2535  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   2536  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2537  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2538  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Finish it off.  */
   2539  1.1.1.3  christos   assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, flags, nflg);
   2540  1.1.1.6  christos   assembling_insn = false;
   2541  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2542      1.1  christos 
   2543  1.1.1.3  christos /* Callback to insert a register into the hash table.  */
   2544  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2545  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   2546  1.1.1.3  christos declare_register (const char *name, int number)
   2547  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2548  1.1.1.3  christos   symbolS *regS = symbol_create (name, reg_section,
   2549  1.1.1.6  christos 				 &zero_address_frag, number);
   2550  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2551  1.1.1.6  christos   if (str_hash_insert (arc_reg_hash, S_GET_NAME (regS), regS, 0) != NULL)
   2552  1.1.1.6  christos     as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
   2553  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2554  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2555  1.1.1.3  christos /* Construct symbols for each of the general registers.  */
   2556  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2557  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   2558  1.1.1.3  christos declare_register_set (void)
   2559  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2560  1.1.1.3  christos   int i;
   2561  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < 64; ++i)
   2562  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2563  1.1.1.6  christos       char name[32];
   2564  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2565  1.1.1.3  christos       sprintf (name, "r%d", i);
   2566  1.1.1.3  christos       declare_register (name, i);
   2567  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((i & 0x01) == 0)
   2568  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2569  1.1.1.3  christos 	  sprintf (name, "r%dr%d", i, i+1);
   2570  1.1.1.3  christos 	  declare_register (name, i);
   2571  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2572  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2573  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2574  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2575  1.1.1.4  christos /* Construct a symbol for an address type.  */
   2576  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2577  1.1.1.4  christos static void
   2578  1.1.1.4  christos declare_addrtype (const char *name, int number)
   2579  1.1.1.4  christos {
   2580  1.1.1.4  christos   symbolS *addrtypeS = symbol_create (name, undefined_section,
   2581  1.1.1.6  christos 				      &zero_address_frag, number);
   2582  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2583  1.1.1.6  christos   if (str_hash_insert (arc_addrtype_hash, S_GET_NAME (addrtypeS), addrtypeS, 0))
   2584  1.1.1.6  christos     as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), name);
   2585  1.1.1.4  christos }
   2586  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2587  1.1.1.3  christos /* Port-specific assembler initialization.  This function is called
   2588  1.1.1.3  christos    once, at assembler startup time.  */
   2589  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2590  1.1.1.3  christos void
   2591  1.1.1.3  christos md_begin (void)
   2592  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2593  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode *opcode = arc_opcodes;
   2594  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2595  1.1.1.4  christos   if (mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_NONE)
   2596  1.1.1.4  christos     arc_select_cpu (TARGET_WITH_CPU, MACH_SELECTION_FROM_DEFAULT);
   2597  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2598  1.1.1.3  christos   /* The endianness can be chosen "at the factory".  */
   2599  1.1.1.3  christos   target_big_endian = byte_order == BIG_ENDIAN;
   2600  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2601  1.1.1.4  christos   if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_arc, selected_cpu.mach))
   2602  1.1.1.3  christos     as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
   2603  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2604  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Set elf header flags.  */
   2605  1.1.1.4  christos   bfd_set_private_flags (stdoutput, selected_cpu.eflags);
   2606  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2607  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Set up a hash table for the instructions.  */
   2608  1.1.1.6  christos   arc_opcode_hash = str_htab_create ();
   2609  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2610  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Initialize the hash table with the insns.  */
   2611  1.1.1.3  christos   do
   2612  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2613  1.1.1.3  christos       const char *name = opcode->name;
   2614  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2615  1.1.1.3  christos       arc_insert_opcode (opcode);
   2616  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2617  1.1.1.3  christos       while (++opcode && opcode->name
   2618  1.1.1.3  christos 	     && (opcode->name == name
   2619  1.1.1.3  christos 		 || !strcmp (opcode->name, name)))
   2620  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2621  1.1.1.3  christos     }while (opcode->name);
   2622  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2623  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Register declaration.  */
   2624  1.1.1.6  christos   arc_reg_hash = str_htab_create ();
   2625  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2626  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register_set ();
   2627  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("gp", 26);
   2628  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("fp", 27);
   2629  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("sp", 28);
   2630  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("ilink", 29);
   2631  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("ilink1", 29);
   2632  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("ilink2", 30);
   2633  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("blink", 31);
   2634      1.1  christos 
   2635  1.1.1.3  christos   /* XY memory registers.  */
   2636  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x0_u0", 32);
   2637  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x0_u1", 33);
   2638  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x1_u0", 34);
   2639  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x1_u1", 35);
   2640  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x2_u0", 36);
   2641  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x2_u1", 37);
   2642  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x3_u0", 38);
   2643  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x3_u1", 39);
   2644  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y0_u0", 40);
   2645  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y0_u1", 41);
   2646  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y1_u0", 42);
   2647  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y1_u1", 43);
   2648  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y2_u0", 44);
   2649  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y2_u1", 45);
   2650  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y3_u0", 46);
   2651  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y3_u1", 47);
   2652  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x0_nu", 48);
   2653  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x1_nu", 49);
   2654  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x2_nu", 50);
   2655  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("x3_nu", 51);
   2656  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y0_nu", 52);
   2657  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y1_nu", 53);
   2658  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y2_nu", 54);
   2659  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("y3_nu", 55);
   2660      1.1  christos 
   2661  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("mlo", 57);
   2662  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("mmid", 58);
   2663  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("mhi", 59);
   2664  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2665  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("acc1", 56);
   2666  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("acc2", 57);
   2667  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2668  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("lp_count", 60);
   2669  1.1.1.3  christos   declare_register ("pcl", 63);
   2670      1.1  christos 
   2671  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Initialize the last instructions.  */
   2672  1.1.1.3  christos   memset (&arc_last_insns[0], 0, sizeof (arc_last_insns));
   2673      1.1  christos 
   2674  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Aux register declaration.  */
   2675  1.1.1.6  christos   arc_aux_hash = str_htab_create ();
   2676      1.1  christos 
   2677  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_aux_reg *auxr = &arc_aux_regs[0];
   2678  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned int i;
   2679  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_aux_regs; i++, auxr++)
   2680  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2681  1.1.1.4  christos       if (!(auxr->cpu & selected_cpu.flags))
   2682  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2683      1.1  christos 
   2684  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((auxr->subclass != NONE)
   2685  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && !check_cpu_feature (auxr->subclass))
   2686  1.1.1.3  christos 	continue;
   2687      1.1  christos 
   2688  1.1.1.6  christos       if (str_hash_insert (arc_aux_hash, auxr->name, auxr, 0) != 0)
   2689  1.1.1.6  christos 	as_fatal (_("duplicate %s"), auxr->name);
   2690  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2691  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2692  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Address type declaration.  */
   2693  1.1.1.6  christos   arc_addrtype_hash = str_htab_create ();
   2694  1.1.1.4  christos 
   2695  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("bd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_BD);
   2696  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("jid", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_JID);
   2697  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("lbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_LBD);
   2698  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("mbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_MBD);
   2699  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("sd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_SD);
   2700  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("sm", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_SM);
   2701  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("xa", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_XA);
   2702  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("xd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_XD);
   2703  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("cd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CD);
   2704  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("cbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CBD);
   2705  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("cjid", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CJID);
   2706  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("clbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CLBD);
   2707  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("cm", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CM);
   2708  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("csd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CSD);
   2709  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("cxa", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CXA);
   2710  1.1.1.4  christos   declare_addrtype ("cxd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CXD);
   2711  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2712  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2713  1.1.1.3  christos /* Write a value out to the object file, using the appropriate
   2714  1.1.1.3  christos    endianness.  */
   2715  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2716  1.1.1.2  christos void
   2717  1.1.1.3  christos md_number_to_chars (char *buf,
   2718  1.1.1.3  christos 		    valueT val,
   2719  1.1.1.3  christos 		    int n)
   2720  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2721  1.1.1.3  christos   if (target_big_endian)
   2722  1.1.1.3  christos     number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
   2723  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   2724  1.1.1.3  christos     number_to_chars_littleendian (buf, val, n);
   2725  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2726  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2727  1.1.1.3  christos /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary.  */
   2728  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2729  1.1.1.3  christos valueT
   2730  1.1.1.3  christos md_section_align (segT segment,
   2731  1.1.1.3  christos 		  valueT size)
   2732  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2733  1.1.1.5  christos   int align = bfd_section_alignment (segment);
   2734  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2735  1.1.1.3  christos   return ((size + (1 << align) - 1) & (-((valueT) 1 << align)));
   2736  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2737  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2738  1.1.1.3  christos /* The location from which a PC relative jump should be calculated,
   2739  1.1.1.3  christos    given a PC relative reloc.  */
   2740  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2741  1.1.1.3  christos long
   2742  1.1.1.3  christos md_pcrel_from_section (fixS *fixP,
   2743  1.1.1.3  christos 		       segT sec)
   2744  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2745  1.1.1.3  christos   offsetT base = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
   2746  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2747  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("pcrel_from_section, fx_offset = %d\n", (int) fixP->fx_offset);
   2748  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2749  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fixP->fx_addsy != (symbolS *) NULL
   2750  1.1.1.3  christos       && (!S_IS_DEFINED (fixP->fx_addsy)
   2751  1.1.1.3  christos 	  || S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != sec))
   2752  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2753  1.1.1.3  christos       pr_debug ("Unknown pcrel symbol: %s\n", S_GET_NAME (fixP->fx_addsy));
   2754  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2755  1.1.1.3  christos       /* The symbol is undefined (or is defined but not in this section).
   2756  1.1.1.3  christos 	 Let the linker figure it out.  */
   2757  1.1.1.3  christos       return 0;
   2758  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2759  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2760  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0)
   2761  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2762  1.1.1.3  christos       /* These are the "internal" relocations.  Align them to
   2763  1.1.1.3  christos 	 32 bit boundary (PCL), for the moment.  */
   2764  1.1.1.3  christos       base &= ~3;
   2765  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2766  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   2767  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2768  1.1.1.3  christos       switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   2769  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2770  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32:
   2771  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* The hardware calculates relative to the start of the
   2772  1.1.1.3  christos 	     insn, but this relocation is relative to location of the
   2773  1.1.1.3  christos 	     LIMM, compensate.  The base always needs to be
   2774  1.1.1.4  christos 	     subtracted by 4 as we do not support this type of PCrel
   2775  1.1.1.3  christos 	     relocation for short instructions.  */
   2776  1.1.1.3  christos 	  base -= 4;
   2777  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2778  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32:
   2779  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
   2780  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
   2781  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
   2782  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
   2783  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2784  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL:
   2785  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL:
   2786  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S13_PCREL:
   2787  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL:
   2788  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL:
   2789  1.1.1.3  christos 	  base &= ~3;
   2790  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   2791  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   2792  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   2793  1.1.1.3  christos 			_("unhandled reloc %s in md_pcrel_from_section"),
   2794  1.1.1.3  christos 		  bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
   2795  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   2796      1.1  christos 	}
   2797  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2798  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2799  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("pcrel from %"BFD_VMA_FMT"x + %lx = %"BFD_VMA_FMT"x, "
   2800  1.1.1.3  christos 	    "symbol: %s (%"BFD_VMA_FMT"x)\n",
   2801  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_frag->fr_address, fixP->fx_where, base,
   2802  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_addsy ? S_GET_NAME (fixP->fx_addsy) : "(null)",
   2803  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_addsy ? S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy) : 0);
   2804  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2805  1.1.1.3  christos   return base;
   2806  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2807  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2808  1.1.1.4  christos /* Given a BFD relocation find the corresponding operand.  */
   2809  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2810  1.1.1.3  christos static const struct arc_operand *
   2811  1.1.1.3  christos find_operand_for_reloc (extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
   2812  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2813  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned i;
   2814  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2815  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_operands; i++)
   2816  1.1.1.3  christos     if (arc_operands[i].default_reloc == reloc)
   2817  1.1.1.3  christos       return  &arc_operands[i];
   2818  1.1.1.3  christos   return NULL;
   2819  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2820  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2821  1.1.1.3  christos /* Insert an operand value into an instruction.  */
   2822  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2823  1.1.1.4  christos static unsigned long long
   2824  1.1.1.4  christos insert_operand (unsigned long long insn,
   2825  1.1.1.3  christos 		const struct arc_operand *operand,
   2826  1.1.1.4  christos 		long long val,
   2827  1.1.1.3  christos 		const char *file,
   2828  1.1.1.3  christos 		unsigned line)
   2829  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2830  1.1.1.3  christos   offsetT min = 0, max = 0;
   2831      1.1  christos 
   2832  1.1.1.3  christos   if (operand->bits != 32
   2833  1.1.1.3  christos       && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK)
   2834  1.1.1.3  christos       && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_FAKE))
   2835  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2836  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
   2837      1.1  christos 	{
   2838  1.1.1.3  christos 	  max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
   2839  1.1.1.3  christos 	  min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
   2840  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2841  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   2842  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2843  1.1.1.3  christos 	  max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
   2844  1.1.1.3  christos 	  min = 0;
   2845  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2846  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2847  1.1.1.3  christos       if (val < min || val > max)
   2848  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"),
   2849  1.1.1.3  christos 				   val, min, max, file, line);
   2850  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   2851      1.1  christos 
   2852  1.1.1.4  christos   pr_debug ("insert field: %ld <= %lld <= %ld in 0x%08llx\n",
   2853  1.1.1.3  christos 	    min, val, max, insn);
   2854      1.1  christos 
   2855  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
   2856  1.1.1.3  christos       && (val & 0x03))
   2857  1.1.1.3  christos     as_bad_where (file, line,
   2858  1.1.1.3  christos 		  _("Unaligned operand. Needs to be 32bit aligned"));
   2859      1.1  christos 
   2860  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
   2861  1.1.1.3  christos       && (val & 0x01))
   2862  1.1.1.3  christos     as_bad_where (file, line,
   2863  1.1.1.3  christos 		  _("Unaligned operand. Needs to be 16bit aligned"));
   2864      1.1  christos 
   2865  1.1.1.3  christos   if (operand->insert)
   2866  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2867  1.1.1.3  christos       const char *errmsg = NULL;
   2868      1.1  christos 
   2869  1.1.1.3  christos       insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
   2870  1.1.1.3  christos       if (errmsg)
   2871  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_warn_where (file, line, "%s", errmsg);
   2872  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2873  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   2874  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2875  1.1.1.3  christos       if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_TRUNCATE)
   2876  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2877  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
   2878  1.1.1.3  christos 	    val >>= 2;
   2879  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
   2880  1.1.1.3  christos 	    val >>= 1;
   2881  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2882  1.1.1.3  christos       insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
   2883  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2884  1.1.1.3  christos   return insn;
   2885  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2886      1.1  christos 
   2887  1.1.1.3  christos /* Apply a fixup to the object code.  At this point all symbol values
   2888  1.1.1.3  christos    should be fully resolved, and we attempt to completely resolve the
   2889  1.1.1.3  christos    reloc.  If we can not do that, we determine the correct reloc code
   2890  1.1.1.3  christos    and put it back in the fixup.  To indicate that a fixup has been
   2891  1.1.1.3  christos    eliminated, set fixP->fx_done.  */
   2892      1.1  christos 
   2893  1.1.1.3  christos void
   2894  1.1.1.3  christos md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP,
   2895  1.1.1.3  christos 	      valueT *valP,
   2896  1.1.1.3  christos 	      segT seg)
   2897  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2898  1.1.1.3  christos   char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
   2899  1.1.1.3  christos   valueT value = *valP;
   2900  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned insn = 0;
   2901  1.1.1.3  christos   symbolS *fx_addsy, *fx_subsy;
   2902  1.1.1.3  christos   offsetT fx_offset;
   2903  1.1.1.3  christos   segT add_symbol_segment = absolute_section;
   2904  1.1.1.3  christos   segT sub_symbol_segment = absolute_section;
   2905  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_operand *operand = NULL;
   2906  1.1.1.3  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
   2907      1.1  christos 
   2908  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("%s:%u: apply_fix: r_type=%d (%s) value=0x%lX offset=0x%lX\n",
   2909  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, fixP->fx_r_type,
   2910  1.1.1.3  christos 	    ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0) ? "Internal":
   2911  1.1.1.3  christos 	    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type), value,
   2912  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_offset);
   2913  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2914  1.1.1.3  christos   fx_addsy = fixP->fx_addsy;
   2915  1.1.1.3  christos   fx_subsy = fixP->fx_subsy;
   2916  1.1.1.3  christos   fx_offset = 0;
   2917  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2918  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fx_addsy)
   2919  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2920  1.1.1.3  christos       add_symbol_segment = S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_addsy);
   2921  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2922  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2923  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fx_subsy
   2924  1.1.1.3  christos       && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF
   2925  1.1.1.3  christos       && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9
   2926  1.1.1.3  christos       && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD)
   2927  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2928  1.1.1.3  christos       resolve_symbol_value (fx_subsy);
   2929  1.1.1.3  christos       sub_symbol_segment = S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_subsy);
   2930  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2931  1.1.1.3  christos       if (sub_symbol_segment == absolute_section)
   2932  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2933  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* The symbol is really a constant.  */
   2934  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fx_offset -= S_GET_VALUE (fx_subsy);
   2935  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fx_subsy = NULL;
   2936  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2937  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   2938  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2939  1.1.1.6  christos 	  as_bad_subtract (fixP);
   2940  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return;
   2941  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2942  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2943  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2944  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fx_addsy
   2945  1.1.1.3  christos       && !S_IS_WEAK (fx_addsy))
   2946  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2947  1.1.1.3  christos       if (add_symbol_segment == seg
   2948  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && fixP->fx_pcrel)
   2949  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2950  1.1.1.3  christos 	  value += S_GET_VALUE (fx_addsy);
   2951  1.1.1.3  christos 	  value -= md_pcrel_from_section (fixP, seg);
   2952  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fx_addsy = NULL;
   2953  1.1.1.6  christos 	  fixP->fx_pcrel = false;
   2954  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2955  1.1.1.3  christos       else if (add_symbol_segment == absolute_section)
   2956  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2957  1.1.1.3  christos 	  value = fixP->fx_offset;
   2958  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fx_offset += S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy);
   2959  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fx_addsy = NULL;
   2960  1.1.1.6  christos 	  fixP->fx_pcrel = false;
   2961  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2962  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2963      1.1  christos 
   2964  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!fx_addsy)
   2965  1.1.1.6  christos     fixP->fx_done = true;
   2966  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2967  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
   2968  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2969  1.1.1.3  christos       if (fx_addsy
   2970  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && ((S_IS_DEFINED (fx_addsy)
   2971  1.1.1.3  christos 	       && S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_addsy) != seg)
   2972  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || S_IS_WEAK (fx_addsy)))
   2973  1.1.1.3  christos 	value += md_pcrel_from_section (fixP, seg);
   2974  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2975  1.1.1.3  christos       switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   2976  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   2977  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_ME:
   2978  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* This is a pc-relative value in a LIMM.  Adjust it to the
   2979  1.1.1.3  christos 	     address of the instruction not to the address of the
   2980  1.1.1.4  christos 	     LIMM.  Note: it is not any longer valid this affirmation as
   2981  1.1.1.3  christos 	     the linker consider ARC_PC32 a fixup to entire 64 bit
   2982  1.1.1.3  christos 	     insn.  */
   2983  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_offset += fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
   2984  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2985  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_32:
   2986  1.1.1.3  christos 	  fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32;
   2987  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2988  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32:
   2989  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* fixP->fx_offset += fixP->fx_where - fixP->fx_dot_value; */
   2990  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   2991  1.1.1.3  christos 	default:
   2992  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0)
   2993  1.1.1.4  christos 	    as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   2994  1.1.1.4  christos 			  _("PC relative relocation not allowed for (internal)"
   2995  1.1.1.4  christos 			    " type %d"),
   2996  1.1.1.4  christos 			  fixP->fx_r_type);
   2997  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   2998  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2999  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3000  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3001  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("%s:%u: apply_fix: r_type=%d (%s) value=0x%lX offset=0x%lX\n",
   3002  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, fixP->fx_r_type,
   3003  1.1.1.3  christos 	    ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0) ? "Internal":
   3004  1.1.1.3  christos 	    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type), value,
   3005  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fixP->fx_offset);
   3006  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3007  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3008  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Now check for TLS relocations.  */
   3009  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc = fixP->fx_r_type;
   3010  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (reloc)
   3011  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3012  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF:
   3013  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32:
   3014  1.1.1.3  christos       if (fixP->fx_done)
   3015  1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   3016  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   3017  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_GOT:
   3018  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_IE_GOT:
   3019  1.1.1.3  christos       S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
   3020  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3021  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3022  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD:
   3023  1.1.1.3  christos       gas_assert (!fixP->fx_offset);
   3024  1.1.1.3  christos       if (fixP->fx_subsy)
   3025  1.1.1.3  christos 	fixP->fx_offset
   3026  1.1.1.3  christos 	  = (S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_subsy)
   3027  1.1.1.3  christos 	     - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address- fixP->fx_where);
   3028  1.1.1.3  christos       fixP->fx_subsy = NULL;
   3029  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   3030  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
   3031  1.1.1.3  christos       /* These two relocs are there just to allow ld to change the tls
   3032  1.1.1.3  christos 	 model for this symbol, by patching the code.  The offset -
   3033  1.1.1.3  christos 	 and scale, if any - will be installed by the linker.  */
   3034  1.1.1.3  christos       S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
   3035  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3036      1.1  christos 
   3037  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_S9:
   3038  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9:
   3039  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("TLS_*_S9 relocs are not supported yet"));
   3040  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3041  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3042  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   3043  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3044  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3045  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3046  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!fixP->fx_done)
   3047  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3048  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   3049  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3050  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3051  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Adjust the value if we have a constant.  */
   3052  1.1.1.3  christos   value += fx_offset;
   3053  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3054  1.1.1.3  christos   /* For hosts with longs bigger than 32-bits make sure that the top
   3055  1.1.1.3  christos      bits of a 32-bit negative value read in by the parser are set,
   3056  1.1.1.3  christos      so that the correct comparisons are made.  */
   3057  1.1.1.3  christos   if (value & 0x80000000)
   3058  1.1.1.3  christos     value |= (-1UL << 31);
   3059  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3060  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc = fixP->fx_r_type;
   3061  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (reloc)
   3062  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3063  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_8:
   3064  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_16:
   3065  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_24:
   3066  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_32:
   3067  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_64:
   3068  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_PCREL:
   3069  1.1.1.3  christos       md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
   3070  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   3071  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3072  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32:
   3073  1.1.1.3  christos       /* I cannot fix an GOTPC relocation because I need to relax it
   3074  1.1.1.3  christos 	 from ld rx,[pcl,@sym@gotpc] to add rx,pcl,@sym@gotpc.  */
   3075  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("Unsupported operation on reloc"));
   3076  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   3077  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3078  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF:
   3079  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32:
   3080  1.1.1.3  christos       gas_assert (!fixP->fx_addsy);
   3081  1.1.1.3  christos       gas_assert (!fixP->fx_subsy);
   3082  1.1.1.4  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   3083  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3084  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTOFF:
   3085  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_ME:
   3086  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32:
   3087  1.1.1.3  christos       md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
   3088  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   3089  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3090  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32:
   3091  1.1.1.3  christos       md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
   3092  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   3093  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3094  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
   3095  1.1.1.3  christos       reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL;
   3096  1.1.1.3  christos       goto solve_plt;
   3097  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3098  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
   3099  1.1.1.3  christos       reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL;
   3100  1.1.1.3  christos       goto solve_plt;
   3101  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3102  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
   3103  1.1.1.3  christos       reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL;
   3104  1.1.1.3  christos       goto solve_plt;
   3105  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3106  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
   3107  1.1.1.3  christos       reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL;
   3108  1.1.1.4  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   3109  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3110  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL:
   3111  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL:
   3112  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL:
   3113  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL:
   3114  1.1.1.3  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S13_PCREL:
   3115  1.1.1.3  christos     solve_plt:
   3116  1.1.1.3  christos       operand = find_operand_for_reloc (reloc);
   3117  1.1.1.3  christos       gas_assert (operand);
   3118  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3119  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3120  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   3121  1.1.1.3  christos       {
   3122  1.1.1.3  christos 	if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
   3123  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
   3124  1.1.1.3  christos 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
   3125  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3126  1.1.1.3  christos 	/* The rest of these fixups needs to be completely resolved as
   3127  1.1.1.3  christos 	   constants.  */
   3128  1.1.1.3  christos 	if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
   3129  1.1.1.3  christos 	    && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
   3130  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3131  1.1.1.3  christos 			_("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
   3132  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3133  1.1.1.3  christos 	gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) arc_num_operands);
   3134  1.1.1.3  christos 	operand = &arc_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
   3135  1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   3136  1.1.1.3  christos       }
   3137  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3138  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3139  1.1.1.3  christos   if (target_big_endian)
   3140  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3141  1.1.1.3  christos       switch (fixP->fx_size)
   3142  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3143  1.1.1.3  christos 	case 4:
   3144  1.1.1.3  christos 	  insn = bfd_getb32 (fixpos);
   3145  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3146  1.1.1.3  christos 	case 2:
   3147  1.1.1.3  christos 	  insn = bfd_getb16 (fixpos);
   3148  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3149  1.1.1.3  christos 	default:
   3150  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3151  1.1.1.3  christos 			_("unknown fixup size"));
   3152  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3153  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3154  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   3155  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3156  1.1.1.3  christos       insn = 0;
   3157  1.1.1.3  christos       switch (fixP->fx_size)
   3158  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3159  1.1.1.3  christos 	case 4:
   3160  1.1.1.3  christos 	  insn = bfd_getl16 (fixpos) << 16 | bfd_getl16 (fixpos + 2);
   3161  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3162  1.1.1.3  christos 	case 2:
   3163  1.1.1.3  christos 	  insn = bfd_getl16 (fixpos);
   3164  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3165  1.1.1.3  christos 	default:
   3166  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3167  1.1.1.3  christos 			_("unknown fixup size"));
   3168  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3169  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3170  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3171  1.1.1.3  christos   insn = insert_operand (insn, operand, (offsetT) value,
   3172  1.1.1.3  christos 			 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
   3173  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3174  1.1.1.3  christos   md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, insn, fixP->fx_size);
   3175  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3176  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3177  1.1.1.3  christos /* Prepare machine-dependent frags for relaxation.
   3178  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3179  1.1.1.3  christos    Called just before relaxation starts.  Any symbol that is now undefined
   3180  1.1.1.3  christos    will not become defined.
   3181  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3182  1.1.1.3  christos    Return the correct fr_subtype in the frag.
   3183  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3184  1.1.1.3  christos    Return the initial "guess for fr_var" to caller.  The guess for fr_var
   3185  1.1.1.3  christos    is *actually* the growth beyond fr_fix.  Whatever we do to grow fr_fix
   3186  1.1.1.3  christos    or fr_var contributes to our returned value.
   3187  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3188  1.1.1.3  christos    Although it may not be explicit in the frag, pretend
   3189  1.1.1.3  christos    fr_var starts with a value.  */
   3190  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3191  1.1.1.3  christos int
   3192  1.1.1.3  christos md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP,
   3193  1.1.1.3  christos 			       segT segment)
   3194  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3195  1.1.1.3  christos   int growth;
   3196  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3197  1.1.1.3  christos   /* If the symbol is not located within the same section AND it's not
   3198  1.1.1.3  christos      an absolute section, use the maximum.  OR if the symbol is a
   3199  1.1.1.3  christos      constant AND the insn is by nature not pc-rel, use the maximum.
   3200  1.1.1.3  christos      OR if the symbol is being equated against another symbol, use the
   3201  1.1.1.3  christos      maximum.  OR if the symbol is weak use the maximum.  */
   3202  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((S_GET_SEGMENT (fragP->fr_symbol) != segment
   3203  1.1.1.3  christos        && S_GET_SEGMENT (fragP->fr_symbol) != absolute_section)
   3204  1.1.1.3  christos       || (symbol_constant_p (fragP->fr_symbol)
   3205  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && !fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel)
   3206  1.1.1.3  christos       || symbol_equated_p (fragP->fr_symbol)
   3207  1.1.1.3  christos       || S_IS_WEAK (fragP->fr_symbol))
   3208  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3209  1.1.1.3  christos       while (md_relax_table[fragP->fr_subtype].rlx_more != ARC_RLX_NONE)
   3210  1.1.1.3  christos 	++fragP->fr_subtype;
   3211  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3212  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3213  1.1.1.3  christos   growth = md_relax_table[fragP->fr_subtype].rlx_length;
   3214  1.1.1.3  christos   fragP->fr_var = growth;
   3215  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3216  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("%s:%d: md_estimate_size_before_relax: %d\n",
   3217  1.1.1.3  christos 	   fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line, growth);
   3218  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3219  1.1.1.3  christos   return growth;
   3220  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3221  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3222  1.1.1.3  christos /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
   3223  1.1.1.3  christos    format.  */
   3224  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3225  1.1.1.3  christos arelent *
   3226  1.1.1.3  christos tc_gen_reloc (asection *section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3227  1.1.1.3  christos 	      fixS *fixP)
   3228  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3229  1.1.1.3  christos   arelent *reloc;
   3230  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
   3231  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3232  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc = XNEW (arelent);
   3233  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
   3234  1.1.1.3  christos   *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_addsy);
   3235  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc->address = fixP->fx_frag->fr_address + fixP->fx_where;
   3236  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3237  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
   3238  1.1.1.3  christos      They'd better have been fully resolved by this point.  */
   3239  1.1.1.3  christos   gas_assert ((int) fixP->fx_r_type > 0);
   3240  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3241  1.1.1.3  christos   code = fixP->fx_r_type;
   3242  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3243  1.1.1.3  christos   /* if we have something like add gp, pcl,
   3244  1.1.1.3  christos      _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_@gotpc.  */
   3245  1.1.1.3  christos   if (code == BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32
   3246  1.1.1.3  christos       && GOT_symbol
   3247  1.1.1.3  christos       && fixP->fx_addsy == GOT_symbol)
   3248  1.1.1.3  christos     code = BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC;
   3249  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3250  1.1.1.3  christos   reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, code);
   3251  1.1.1.3  christos   if (reloc->howto == NULL)
   3252  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3253  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
   3254  1.1.1.3  christos 		    _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
   3255  1.1.1.3  christos 		    bfd_get_reloc_code_name (code));
   3256  1.1.1.3  christos       return NULL;
   3257  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3258  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3259  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!fixP->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
   3260  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
   3261  1.1.1.3  christos 	      bfd_get_reloc_code_name (code));
   3262  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3263  1.1.1.3  christos   gas_assert (!fixP->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
   3264  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3265  1.1.1.4  christos   reloc->addend = fixP->fx_offset;
   3266  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3267  1.1.1.3  christos   return reloc;
   3268  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3269  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3270  1.1.1.3  christos /* Perform post-processing of machine-dependent frags after relaxation.
   3271  1.1.1.3  christos    Called after relaxation is finished.
   3272  1.1.1.3  christos    In:	Address of frag.
   3273  1.1.1.3  christos    fr_type == rs_machine_dependent.
   3274  1.1.1.3  christos    fr_subtype is what the address relaxed to.
   3275  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3276  1.1.1.3  christos    Out: Any fixS:s and constants are set up.  */
   3277  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3278  1.1.1.3  christos void
   3279  1.1.1.3  christos md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3280  1.1.1.3  christos 		 segT segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3281  1.1.1.3  christos 		 fragS *fragP)
   3282  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3283  1.1.1.3  christos   const relax_typeS *table_entry;
   3284  1.1.1.3  christos   char *dest;
   3285  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
   3286  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_insn insn;
   3287  1.1.1.3  christos   int size, fix;
   3288  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_relax_type *relax_arg = &fragP->tc_frag_data;
   3289  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3290  1.1.1.5  christos   fix = fragP->fr_fix;
   3291  1.1.1.3  christos   dest = fragP->fr_literal + fix;
   3292  1.1.1.3  christos   table_entry = TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE + fragP->fr_subtype;
   3293  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3294  1.1.1.3  christos   pr_debug ("%s:%d: md_convert_frag, subtype: %d, fix: %d, "
   3295  1.1.1.3  christos 	    "var: %"BFD_VMA_FMT"d\n",
   3296  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line,
   3297  1.1.1.3  christos 	    fragP->fr_subtype, fix, fragP->fr_var);
   3298  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3299  1.1.1.3  christos   if (fragP->fr_subtype <= 0
   3300  1.1.1.3  christos       && fragP->fr_subtype >= arc_num_relax_opcodes)
   3301  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("no relaxation found for this instruction."));
   3302  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3303  1.1.1.3  christos   opcode = &arc_relax_opcodes[fragP->fr_subtype];
   3304  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3305  1.1.1.3  christos   assemble_insn (opcode, relax_arg->tok, relax_arg->ntok, relax_arg->pflags,
   3306  1.1.1.3  christos 	relax_arg->nflg, &insn);
   3307  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3308  1.1.1.3  christos   apply_fixups (&insn, fragP, fix);
   3309  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3310  1.1.1.4  christos   size = insn.len + (insn.has_limm ? 4 : 0);
   3311  1.1.1.3  christos   gas_assert (table_entry->rlx_length == size);
   3312  1.1.1.6  christos   emit_insn0 (&insn, dest, true);
   3313  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3314  1.1.1.3  christos   fragP->fr_fix += table_entry->rlx_length;
   3315  1.1.1.3  christos   fragP->fr_var = 0;
   3316  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3317  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3318  1.1.1.3  christos /* We have no need to default values of symbols.  We could catch
   3319  1.1.1.3  christos    register names here, but that is handled by inserting them all in
   3320  1.1.1.3  christos    the symbol table to begin with.  */
   3321  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3322  1.1.1.3  christos symbolS *
   3323  1.1.1.3  christos md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
   3324  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3325  1.1.1.3  christos   /* The arc abi demands that a GOT[0] should be referencible as
   3326  1.1.1.3  christos      [pc+_DYNAMIC@gotpc].  Hence we convert a _DYNAMIC@gotpc to a
   3327  1.1.1.3  christos      GOTPC reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
   3328  1.1.1.3  christos   if (((*name == '_')
   3329  1.1.1.3  christos        && (*(name+1) == 'G')
   3330  1.1.1.4  christos        && (strcmp (name, GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME) == 0)))
   3331  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3332  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!GOT_symbol)
   3333  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3334  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (symbol_find (name))
   3335  1.1.1.3  christos 	    as_bad ("GOT already in symbol table");
   3336  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3337  1.1.1.3  christos 	  GOT_symbol = symbol_new (GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME, undefined_section,
   3338  1.1.1.6  christos 				   &zero_address_frag, 0);
   3339  1.1.1.3  christos 	};
   3340  1.1.1.3  christos       return GOT_symbol;
   3341  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3342  1.1.1.3  christos   return NULL;
   3343  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3344  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3345  1.1.1.3  christos /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
   3346  1.1.1.3  christos    of type type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP.  The number
   3347  1.1.1.3  christos    of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *sizeP.  An error message is
   3348  1.1.1.3  christos    returned, or NULL on OK.  */
   3349  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3350  1.1.1.3  christos const char *
   3351  1.1.1.3  christos md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
   3352  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3353  1.1.1.3  christos   return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, target_big_endian);
   3354  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3355  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3356  1.1.1.3  christos /* Called for any expression that can not be recognized.  When the
   3357  1.1.1.3  christos    function is called, `input_line_pointer' will point to the start of
   3358  1.1.1.5  christos    the expression.  We use it when we have complex operations like
   3359  1.1.1.5  christos    @label1 - @label2.  */
   3360  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3361  1.1.1.3  christos void
   3362  1.1.1.5  christos md_operand (expressionS *expressionP)
   3363  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3364  1.1.1.3  christos   char *p = input_line_pointer;
   3365  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*p == '@')
   3366  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3367  1.1.1.3  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   3368  1.1.1.3  christos       expressionP->X_op = O_symbol;
   3369  1.1.1.5  christos       expressionP->X_md = O_absent;
   3370  1.1.1.3  christos       expression (expressionP);
   3371  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3372  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3373  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3374  1.1.1.3  christos /* This function is called from the function 'expression', it attempts
   3375  1.1.1.3  christos    to parse special names (in our case register names).  It fills in
   3376  1.1.1.3  christos    the expression with the identified register.  It returns TRUE if
   3377  1.1.1.3  christos    it is a register and FALSE otherwise.  */
   3378  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3379  1.1.1.6  christos bool
   3380  1.1.1.3  christos arc_parse_name (const char *name,
   3381  1.1.1.3  christos 		struct expressionS *e)
   3382  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3383  1.1.1.3  christos   struct symbol *sym;
   3384  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3385  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!assembling_insn)
   3386  1.1.1.6  christos     return false;
   3387  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3388  1.1.1.5  christos   if (e->X_op == O_symbol
   3389  1.1.1.5  christos       && e->X_md == O_absent)
   3390  1.1.1.6  christos     return false;
   3391  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3392  1.1.1.6  christos   sym = str_hash_find (arc_reg_hash, name);
   3393  1.1.1.3  christos   if (sym)
   3394  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3395  1.1.1.3  christos       e->X_op = O_register;
   3396  1.1.1.3  christos       e->X_add_number = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
   3397  1.1.1.6  christos       return true;
   3398  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3399  1.1.1.4  christos 
   3400  1.1.1.6  christos   sym = str_hash_find (arc_addrtype_hash, name);
   3401  1.1.1.4  christos   if (sym)
   3402  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   3403  1.1.1.4  christos       e->X_op = O_addrtype;
   3404  1.1.1.4  christos       e->X_add_number = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
   3405  1.1.1.6  christos       return true;
   3406  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   3407  1.1.1.4  christos 
   3408  1.1.1.6  christos   return false;
   3409  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3410  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3411  1.1.1.3  christos /* md_parse_option
   3412  1.1.1.3  christos    Invocation line includes a switch not recognized by the base assembler.
   3413  1.1.1.3  christos    See if it's a processor-specific option.
   3414  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3415  1.1.1.3  christos    New options (supported) are:
   3416  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3417  1.1.1.3  christos    -mcpu=<cpu name>		 Assemble for selected processor
   3418  1.1.1.3  christos    -EB/-mbig-endian		 Big-endian
   3419  1.1.1.3  christos    -EL/-mlittle-endian		 Little-endian
   3420  1.1.1.3  christos    -mrelax                       Enable relaxation
   3421  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3422  1.1.1.3  christos    The following CPU names are recognized:
   3423  1.1.1.3  christos    arc600, arc700, arcem, archs, nps400.  */
   3424  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3425  1.1.1.3  christos int
   3426  1.1.1.3  christos md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   3427  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3428  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (c)
   3429  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3430  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_ARC600:
   3431  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_ARC601:
   3432  1.1.1.3  christos       return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arc600");
   3433  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3434  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_ARC700:
   3435  1.1.1.3  christos       return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arc700");
   3436  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3437  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_ARCEM:
   3438  1.1.1.3  christos       return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arcem");
   3439  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3440  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_ARCHS:
   3441  1.1.1.3  christos       return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "archs");
   3442  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3443  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_MCPU:
   3444  1.1.1.3  christos       {
   3445  1.1.1.4  christos         arc_select_cpu (arg, MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE);
   3446  1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   3447  1.1.1.3  christos       }
   3448  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3449  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_EB:
   3450  1.1.1.3  christos       arc_target_format = "elf32-bigarc";
   3451  1.1.1.3  christos       byte_order = BIG_ENDIAN;
   3452  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3453  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3454  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_EL:
   3455  1.1.1.3  christos       arc_target_format = "elf32-littlearc";
   3456  1.1.1.3  christos       byte_order = LITTLE_ENDIAN;
   3457  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3458  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3459  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_CD:
   3460  1.1.1.4  christos       selected_cpu.features |= CD;
   3461  1.1.1.4  christos       cl_features |= CD;
   3462  1.1.1.4  christos       arc_check_feature ();
   3463  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3464  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3465  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_RELAX:
   3466  1.1.1.3  christos       relaxation_state = 1;
   3467  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3468  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3469  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_NPS400:
   3470  1.1.1.4  christos       selected_cpu.features |= NPS400;
   3471  1.1.1.4  christos       cl_features |= NPS400;
   3472  1.1.1.4  christos       arc_check_feature ();
   3473  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3474  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3475  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_SPFP:
   3476  1.1.1.4  christos       selected_cpu.features |= SPX;
   3477  1.1.1.4  christos       cl_features |= SPX;
   3478  1.1.1.4  christos       arc_check_feature ();
   3479  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3480  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3481  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_DPFP:
   3482  1.1.1.4  christos       selected_cpu.features |= DPX;
   3483  1.1.1.4  christos       cl_features |= DPX;
   3484  1.1.1.4  christos       arc_check_feature ();
   3485  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3486  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3487  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_FPUDA:
   3488  1.1.1.4  christos       selected_cpu.features |= DPA;
   3489  1.1.1.4  christos       cl_features |= DPA;
   3490  1.1.1.4  christos       arc_check_feature ();
   3491  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3492  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3493  1.1.1.3  christos     /* Dummy options are accepted but have no effect.  */
   3494  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_USER_MODE:
   3495  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK:
   3496  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_SWAP:
   3497  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_NORM:
   3498  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT:
   3499  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_MIN_MAX:
   3500  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_NO_MPY:
   3501  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_EA:
   3502  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_MUL64:
   3503  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_SIMD:
   3504  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_XMAC_D16:
   3505  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_XMAC_24:
   3506  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_DSP_PACKA:
   3507  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_CRC:
   3508  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_DVBF:
   3509  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_TELEPHONY:
   3510  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_XYMEMORY:
   3511  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_LOCK:
   3512  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_SWAPE:
   3513  1.1.1.3  christos     case OPTION_RTSC:
   3514  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3515  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3516  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   3517  1.1.1.3  christos       return 0;
   3518  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3519  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3520  1.1.1.3  christos   return 1;
   3521  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3522  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3523  1.1.1.4  christos /* Display the list of cpu names for use in the help text.  */
   3524  1.1.1.4  christos 
   3525  1.1.1.4  christos static void
   3526  1.1.1.4  christos arc_show_cpu_list (FILE *stream)
   3527  1.1.1.4  christos {
   3528  1.1.1.4  christos   int i, offset;
   3529  1.1.1.4  christos   static const char *space_buf = "                          ";
   3530  1.1.1.4  christos 
   3531  1.1.1.4  christos   fprintf (stream, "%s", space_buf);
   3532  1.1.1.4  christos   offset = strlen (space_buf);
   3533  1.1.1.4  christos   for (i = 0; cpu_types[i].name != NULL; ++i)
   3534  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   3535  1.1.1.6  christos       bool last = (cpu_types[i + 1].name == NULL);
   3536  1.1.1.4  christos 
   3537  1.1.1.4  christos       /* If displaying the new cpu name string, and the ', ' (for all
   3538  1.1.1.4  christos          but the last one) will take us past a target width of 80
   3539  1.1.1.4  christos          characters, then it's time for a new line.  */
   3540  1.1.1.4  christos       if (offset + strlen (cpu_types[i].name) + (last ? 0 : 2) > 80)
   3541  1.1.1.4  christos         {
   3542  1.1.1.4  christos           fprintf (stream, "\n%s", space_buf);
   3543  1.1.1.4  christos           offset = strlen (space_buf);
   3544  1.1.1.4  christos         }
   3545  1.1.1.4  christos 
   3546  1.1.1.4  christos       fprintf (stream, "%s%s", cpu_types[i].name, (last ? "\n" : ", "));
   3547  1.1.1.4  christos       offset += strlen (cpu_types [i].name) + (last ? 0 : 2);
   3548  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   3549  1.1.1.4  christos }
   3550  1.1.1.4  christos 
   3551  1.1.1.3  christos void
   3552  1.1.1.3  christos md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
   3553  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3554  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("ARC-specific assembler options:\n"));
   3555  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3556  1.1.1.4  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mcpu=<cpu name>\t  (default: %s), assemble for"
   3557  1.1.1.4  christos            " CPU <cpu name>, one of:\n", TARGET_WITH_CPU);
   3558  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_show_cpu_list (stream);
   3559  1.1.1.4  christos   fprintf (stream, "\n");
   3560  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mA6/-mARC600/-mARC601  same as -mcpu=arc600\n");
   3561  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mA7/-mARC700\t\t  same as -mcpu=arc700\n");
   3562  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mEM\t\t\t  same as -mcpu=arcem\n");
   3563  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mHS\t\t\t  same as -mcpu=archs\n");
   3564  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3565  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mnps400\t\t  enable NPS-400 extended instructions\n");
   3566  1.1.1.4  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mspfp\t\t  enable single-precision floating point"
   3567  1.1.1.4  christos 	   " instructions\n");
   3568  1.1.1.4  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mdpfp\t\t  enable double-precision floating point"
   3569  1.1.1.4  christos 	   " instructions\n");
   3570  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, "  -mfpuda\t\t  enable double-precision assist floating "
   3571  1.1.1.3  christos                    "point\n\t\t\t  instructions for ARC EM\n");
   3572  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3573  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream,
   3574  1.1.1.3  christos 	   "  -mcode-density\t  enable code density option for ARC EM\n");
   3575  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3576  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("\
   3577  1.1.1.3  christos   -EB                     assemble code for a big-endian cpu\n"));
   3578  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("\
   3579  1.1.1.3  christos   -EL                     assemble code for a little-endian cpu\n"));
   3580  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("\
   3581  1.1.1.3  christos   -mrelax                 enable relaxation\n"));
   3582  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3583  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("The following ARC-specific assembler options are "
   3584  1.1.1.3  christos                      "deprecated and are accepted\nfor compatibility only:\n"));
   3585  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3586  1.1.1.3  christos   fprintf (stream, _("  -mEA\n"
   3587  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mbarrel-shifter\n"
   3588  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mbarrel_shifter\n"
   3589  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mcrc\n"
   3590  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mdsp-packa\n"
   3591  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mdsp_packa\n"
   3592  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mdvbf\n"
   3593  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mld-extension-reg-mask\n"
   3594  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mlock\n"
   3595  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmac-24\n"
   3596  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmac-d16\n"
   3597  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmac_24\n"
   3598  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmac_d16\n"
   3599  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmin-max\n"
   3600  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmin_max\n"
   3601  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mmul64\n"
   3602  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mno-mpy\n"
   3603  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mnorm\n"
   3604  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mrtsc\n"
   3605  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -msimd\n"
   3606  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mswap\n"
   3607  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mswape\n"
   3608  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mtelephony\n"
   3609  1.1.1.3  christos 		     "  -muser-mode-only\n"
   3610  1.1.1.3  christos                      "  -mxy\n"));
   3611  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3612  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3613  1.1.1.2  christos /* Find the proper relocation for the given opcode.  */
   3614  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3615  1.1.1.2  christos static extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type
   3616  1.1.1.2  christos find_reloc (const char *name,
   3617  1.1.1.2  christos 	    const char *opcodename,
   3618  1.1.1.2  christos 	    const struct arc_flags *pflags,
   3619  1.1.1.2  christos 	    int nflg,
   3620  1.1.1.2  christos 	    extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
   3621  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3622  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned int i;
   3623  1.1.1.2  christos   int j;
   3624  1.1.1.6  christos   bool found_flag, tmp;
   3625  1.1.1.2  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type ret = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   3626  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3627  1.1.1.2  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_equiv_tab; i++)
   3628  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3629  1.1.1.2  christos       const struct arc_reloc_equiv_tab *r = &arc_reloc_equiv[i];
   3630  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3631  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Find the entry.  */
   3632  1.1.1.2  christos       if (strcmp (name, r->name))
   3633  1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   3634  1.1.1.2  christos       if (r->mnemonic && (strcmp (r->mnemonic, opcodename)))
   3635  1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   3636  1.1.1.3  christos       if (r->flags[0])
   3637  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3638  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!nflg)
   3639  1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   3640  1.1.1.6  christos 	  found_flag = false;
   3641  1.1.1.3  christos 	  unsigned * psflg = (unsigned *)r->flags;
   3642  1.1.1.3  christos 	  do
   3643  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   3644  1.1.1.6  christos 	      tmp = false;
   3645  1.1.1.3  christos 	      for (j = 0; j < nflg; j++)
   3646  1.1.1.3  christos 		if (!strcmp (pflags[j].name,
   3647  1.1.1.3  christos 			     arc_flag_operands[*psflg].name))
   3648  1.1.1.3  christos 		  {
   3649  1.1.1.6  christos 		    tmp = true;
   3650  1.1.1.3  christos 		    break;
   3651  1.1.1.3  christos 		  }
   3652  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (!tmp)
   3653  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   3654  1.1.1.6  christos 		  found_flag = false;
   3655  1.1.1.3  christos 		  break;
   3656  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   3657  1.1.1.3  christos 	      else
   3658  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   3659  1.1.1.6  christos 		  found_flag = true;
   3660  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   3661  1.1.1.3  christos 	      ++ psflg;
   3662  1.1.1.3  christos 	    } while (*psflg);
   3663  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3664  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!found_flag)
   3665  1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   3666  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3667  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3668  1.1.1.2  christos       if (reloc != r->oldreloc)
   3669  1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   3670  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Found it.  */
   3671  1.1.1.2  christos       ret = r->newreloc;
   3672  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   3673  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3674  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3675  1.1.1.2  christos   if (ret == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
   3676  1.1.1.2  christos     as_bad (_("Unable to find %s relocation for instruction %s"),
   3677  1.1.1.2  christos 	    name, opcodename);
   3678  1.1.1.2  christos   return ret;
   3679  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3680  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3681  1.1.1.3  christos /* All the symbol types that are allowed to be used for
   3682  1.1.1.3  christos    relaxation.  */
   3683  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3684  1.1.1.6  christos static bool
   3685  1.1.1.3  christos may_relax_expr (expressionS tok)
   3686  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3687  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check if we have unrelaxable relocs.  */
   3688  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (tok.X_md)
   3689  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3690  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   3691  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3692  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_plt:
   3693  1.1.1.6  christos       return false;
   3694  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3695  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3696  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (tok.X_op)
   3697  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3698  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_symbol:
   3699  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_multiply:
   3700  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_divide:
   3701  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_modulus:
   3702  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_add:
   3703  1.1.1.3  christos     case O_subtract:
   3704  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   3705  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3706  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   3707  1.1.1.6  christos       return false;
   3708  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3709  1.1.1.6  christos   return true;
   3710  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3711  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3712  1.1.1.3  christos /* Checks if flags are in line with relaxable insn.  */
   3713  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3714  1.1.1.6  christos static bool
   3715  1.1.1.3  christos relaxable_flag (const struct arc_relaxable_ins *ins,
   3716  1.1.1.3  christos 		const struct arc_flags *pflags,
   3717  1.1.1.3  christos 		int nflgs)
   3718  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3719  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned flag_class,
   3720  1.1.1.3  christos     flag,
   3721  1.1.1.3  christos     flag_class_idx = 0,
   3722  1.1.1.3  christos     flag_idx = 0;
   3723  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3724  1.1.1.3  christos   const struct arc_flag_operand *flag_opand;
   3725  1.1.1.3  christos   int i, counttrue = 0;
   3726  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3727  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Iterate through flags classes.  */
   3728  1.1.1.3  christos   while ((flag_class = ins->flag_classes[flag_class_idx]) != 0)
   3729  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3730  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Iterate through flags in flag class.  */
   3731  1.1.1.3  christos       while ((flag = arc_flag_classes[flag_class].flags[flag_idx])
   3732  1.1.1.3  christos 	     != 0)
   3733  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3734  1.1.1.3  christos 	  flag_opand = &arc_flag_operands[flag];
   3735  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Iterate through flags in ins to compare.  */
   3736  1.1.1.3  christos 	  for (i = 0; i < nflgs; ++i)
   3737  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   3738  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (strcmp (flag_opand->name, pflags[i].name) == 0)
   3739  1.1.1.3  christos 		++counttrue;
   3740  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   3741  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3742  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ++flag_idx;
   3743  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3744  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3745  1.1.1.3  christos       ++flag_class_idx;
   3746  1.1.1.3  christos       flag_idx = 0;
   3747  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3748  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3749  1.1.1.3  christos   /* If counttrue == nflgs, then all flags have been found.  */
   3750  1.1.1.6  christos   return counttrue == nflgs;
   3751  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3752  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3753  1.1.1.3  christos /* Checks if operands are in line with relaxable insn.  */
   3754  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3755  1.1.1.6  christos static bool
   3756  1.1.1.3  christos relaxable_operand (const struct arc_relaxable_ins *ins,
   3757  1.1.1.3  christos 		   const expressionS *tok,
   3758  1.1.1.3  christos 		   int ntok)
   3759  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3760  1.1.1.3  christos   const enum rlx_operand_type *operand = &ins->operands[0];
   3761  1.1.1.3  christos   int i = 0;
   3762  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3763  1.1.1.3  christos   while (*operand != EMPTY)
   3764  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3765  1.1.1.3  christos       const expressionS *epr = &tok[i];
   3766  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3767  1.1.1.3  christos       if (i != 0 && i >= ntok)
   3768  1.1.1.6  christos 	return false;
   3769  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3770  1.1.1.3  christos       switch (*operand)
   3771  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3772  1.1.1.3  christos 	case IMMEDIATE:
   3773  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!(epr->X_op == O_multiply
   3774  1.1.1.3  christos 		|| epr->X_op == O_divide
   3775  1.1.1.3  christos 		|| epr->X_op == O_modulus
   3776  1.1.1.3  christos 		|| epr->X_op == O_add
   3777  1.1.1.3  christos 		|| epr->X_op == O_subtract
   3778  1.1.1.3  christos 		|| epr->X_op == O_symbol))
   3779  1.1.1.6  christos 	    return false;
   3780  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3781  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3782  1.1.1.3  christos 	case REGISTER_DUP:
   3783  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((i <= 0)
   3784  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || (epr->X_add_number != tok[i - 1].X_add_number))
   3785  1.1.1.6  christos 	    return false;
   3786  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3787  1.1.1.3  christos 	case REGISTER:
   3788  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (epr->X_op != O_register)
   3789  1.1.1.6  christos 	    return false;
   3790  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3791  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3792  1.1.1.3  christos 	case REGISTER_S:
   3793  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (epr->X_op != O_register)
   3794  1.1.1.6  christos 	    return false;
   3795  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3796  1.1.1.3  christos 	  switch (epr->X_add_number)
   3797  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   3798  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case 0: case 1: case 2: case 3:
   3799  1.1.1.3  christos 	    case 12: case 13: case 14: case 15:
   3800  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   3801  1.1.1.3  christos 	    default:
   3802  1.1.1.6  christos 	      return false;
   3803  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   3804  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3805  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3806  1.1.1.3  christos 	case REGISTER_NO_GP:
   3807  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if ((epr->X_op != O_register)
   3808  1.1.1.3  christos 	      || (epr->X_add_number == 26)) /* 26 is the gp register.  */
   3809  1.1.1.6  christos 	    return false;
   3810  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3811  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3812  1.1.1.3  christos 	case BRACKET:
   3813  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (epr->X_op != O_bracket)
   3814  1.1.1.6  christos 	    return false;
   3815  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3816  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3817  1.1.1.3  christos 	default:
   3818  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Don't understand, bail out.  */
   3819  1.1.1.6  christos 	  return false;
   3820  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3821  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3822  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3823  1.1.1.3  christos       ++i;
   3824  1.1.1.3  christos       operand = &ins->operands[i];
   3825  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3826  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3827  1.1.1.6  christos   return i == ntok;
   3828  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3829  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3830  1.1.1.3  christos /* Return TRUE if this OPDCODE is a candidate for relaxation.  */
   3831  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3832  1.1.1.6  christos static bool
   3833  1.1.1.3  christos relax_insn_p (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
   3834  1.1.1.3  christos 	      const expressionS *tok,
   3835  1.1.1.3  christos 	      int ntok,
   3836  1.1.1.3  christos 	      const struct arc_flags *pflags,
   3837  1.1.1.3  christos 	      int nflg)
   3838  1.1.1.3  christos {
   3839  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned i;
   3840  1.1.1.6  christos   bool rv = false;
   3841  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3842  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check the relaxation table.  */
   3843  1.1.1.3  christos   for (i = 0; i < arc_num_relaxable_ins && relaxation_state; ++i)
   3844  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   3845  1.1.1.3  christos       const struct arc_relaxable_ins *arc_rlx_ins = &arc_relaxable_insns[i];
   3846  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3847  1.1.1.3  christos       if ((strcmp (opcode->name, arc_rlx_ins->mnemonic_r) == 0)
   3848  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && may_relax_expr (tok[arc_rlx_ins->opcheckidx])
   3849  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && relaxable_operand (arc_rlx_ins, tok, ntok)
   3850  1.1.1.3  christos 	  && relaxable_flag (arc_rlx_ins, pflags, nflg))
   3851  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   3852  1.1.1.6  christos 	  rv = true;
   3853  1.1.1.3  christos 	  frag_now->fr_subtype = arc_relaxable_insns[i].subtype;
   3854  1.1.1.3  christos 	  memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data.tok, tok,
   3855  1.1.1.3  christos 		sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
   3856  1.1.1.3  christos 	  memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data.pflags, pflags,
   3857  1.1.1.3  christos 		sizeof (struct arc_flags) * nflg);
   3858  1.1.1.3  christos 	  frag_now->tc_frag_data.nflg = nflg;
   3859  1.1.1.3  christos 	  frag_now->tc_frag_data.ntok = ntok;
   3860  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   3861  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   3862  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   3863  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3864  1.1.1.3  christos   return rv;
   3865  1.1.1.3  christos }
   3866  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3867  1.1.1.2  christos /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
   3868  1.1.1.2  christos    an instruction and a fixup.  */
   3869  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3870  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   3871  1.1.1.2  christos assemble_insn (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
   3872  1.1.1.2  christos 	       const expressionS *tok,
   3873  1.1.1.2  christos 	       int ntok,
   3874  1.1.1.2  christos 	       const struct arc_flags *pflags,
   3875  1.1.1.2  christos 	       int nflg,
   3876  1.1.1.2  christos 	       struct arc_insn *insn)
   3877  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3878  1.1.1.2  christos   const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
   3879  1.1.1.4  christos   unsigned long long image;
   3880  1.1.1.2  christos   const unsigned char *argidx;
   3881  1.1.1.2  christos   int i;
   3882  1.1.1.2  christos   int tokidx = 0;
   3883  1.1.1.2  christos   unsigned char pcrel = 0;
   3884  1.1.1.6  christos   bool needGOTSymbol;
   3885  1.1.1.6  christos   bool has_delay_slot = false;
   3886  1.1.1.2  christos   extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   3887  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3888  1.1.1.2  christos   memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
   3889  1.1.1.2  christos   image = opcode->opcode;
   3890  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3891  1.1.1.4  christos   pr_debug ("%s:%d: assemble_insn: %s using opcode %llx\n",
   3892  1.1.1.2  christos 	    frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opcode->name,
   3893  1.1.1.2  christos 	    opcode->opcode);
   3894  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3895  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Handle operands.  */
   3896  1.1.1.2  christos   for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
   3897  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3898  1.1.1.2  christos       const struct arc_operand *operand = &arc_operands[*argidx];
   3899  1.1.1.2  christos       const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0;
   3900  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3901  1.1.1.4  christos       if (ARC_OPERAND_IS_FAKE (operand))
   3902  1.1.1.2  christos 	continue;
   3903  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3904  1.1.1.2  christos       if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
   3905  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3906  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Duplicate operand, already inserted.  */
   3907  1.1.1.2  christos 	  tokidx ++;
   3908  1.1.1.2  christos 	  continue;
   3909  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3910  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3911  1.1.1.2  christos       if (tokidx >= ntok)
   3912  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3913  1.1.1.2  christos 	  abort ();
   3914  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3915  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   3916  1.1.1.2  christos 	t = &tok[tokidx++];
   3917  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3918  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Regardless if we have a reloc or not mark the instruction
   3919  1.1.1.2  christos 	 limm if it is the case.  */
   3920  1.1.1.2  christos       if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
   3921  1.1.1.6  christos 	insn->has_limm = true;
   3922  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3923  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (t->X_op)
   3924  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3925  1.1.1.2  christos 	case O_register:
   3926  1.1.1.2  christos 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
   3927  1.1.1.2  christos 				  NULL, 0);
   3928  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3929  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3930  1.1.1.2  christos 	case O_constant:
   3931  1.1.1.2  christos 	  image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
   3932  1.1.1.2  christos 	  reloc_exp = t;
   3933  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
   3934  1.1.1.2  christos 	    insn->limm = t->X_add_number;
   3935  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3936  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3937  1.1.1.2  christos 	case O_bracket:
   3938  1.1.1.4  christos         case O_colon:
   3939  1.1.1.4  christos         case O_addrtype:
   3940  1.1.1.4  christos 	  /* Ignore brackets, colons, and address types.  */
   3941  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3942  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3943  1.1.1.2  christos 	case O_absent:
   3944  1.1.1.2  christos 	  gas_assert (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE);
   3945  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3946  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3947  1.1.1.2  christos 	case O_subtract:
   3948  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Maybe register range.  */
   3949  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if ((t->X_add_number == 0)
   3950  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && contains_register (t->X_add_symbol)
   3951  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && contains_register (t->X_op_symbol))
   3952  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3953  1.1.1.2  christos 	      int regs;
   3954  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3955  1.1.1.2  christos 	      regs = get_register (t->X_add_symbol);
   3956  1.1.1.2  christos 	      regs <<= 16;
   3957  1.1.1.2  christos 	      regs |= get_register (t->X_op_symbol);
   3958  1.1.1.2  christos 	      image = insert_operand (image, operand, regs, NULL, 0);
   3959  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3960  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3961  1.1.1.4  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3962  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3963  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   3964  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* This operand needs a relocation.  */
   3965  1.1.1.6  christos 	  needGOTSymbol = false;
   3966  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3967  1.1.1.2  christos 	  switch (t->X_md)
   3968  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3969  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_plt:
   3970  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (opcode->insn_class == JUMP)
   3971  1.1.1.4  christos 		as_bad (_("Unable to use @plt relocation for insn %s"),
   3972  1.1.1.4  christos 			opcode->name);
   3973  1.1.1.6  christos 	      needGOTSymbol = true;
   3974  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc = find_reloc ("plt", opcode->name,
   3975  1.1.1.2  christos 				  pflags, nflg,
   3976  1.1.1.2  christos 				  operand->default_reloc);
   3977  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3978  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3979  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_gotoff:
   3980  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_gotpc:
   3981  1.1.1.6  christos 	      needGOTSymbol = true;
   3982  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
   3983  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   3984  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_pcl:
   3985  1.1.1.4  christos 	      if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
   3986  1.1.1.4  christos 		{
   3987  1.1.1.4  christos 		  reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
   3988  1.1.1.4  christos 		  if (arc_opcode_len (opcode) == 2
   3989  1.1.1.4  christos 		      || opcode->insn_class == JUMP)
   3990  1.1.1.4  christos 		    as_bad (_("Unable to use @pcl relocation for insn %s"),
   3991  1.1.1.4  christos 			    opcode->name);
   3992  1.1.1.4  christos 		}
   3993  1.1.1.4  christos 	      else
   3994  1.1.1.4  christos 		{
   3995  1.1.1.4  christos 		  /* This is a relaxed operand which initially was
   3996  1.1.1.4  christos 		     limm, choose whatever we have defined in the
   3997  1.1.1.4  christos 		     opcode as reloc.  */
   3998  1.1.1.4  christos 		  reloc = operand->default_reloc;
   3999  1.1.1.4  christos 		}
   4000  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   4001  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_sda:
   4002  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc = find_reloc ("sda", opcode->name,
   4003  1.1.1.2  christos 				  pflags, nflg,
   4004  1.1.1.2  christos 				  operand->default_reloc);
   4005  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   4006  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_tlsgd:
   4007  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_tlsie:
   4008  1.1.1.6  christos 	      needGOTSymbol = true;
   4009  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Fall-through.  */
   4010  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4011  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_tpoff:
   4012  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_dtpoff:
   4013  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
   4014  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   4015  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4016  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_tpoff9: /*FIXME! Check for the conditionality of
   4017  1.1.1.2  christos 			     the insn.  */
   4018  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case O_dtpoff9: /*FIXME! Check for the conditionality of
   4019  1.1.1.2  christos 			      the insn.  */
   4020  1.1.1.2  christos 	      as_bad (_("TLS_*_S9 relocs are not supported yet"));
   4021  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   4022  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4023  1.1.1.2  christos 	    default:
   4024  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Just consider the default relocation.  */
   4025  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc = operand->default_reloc;
   4026  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   4027  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4028  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4029  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (needGOTSymbol && (GOT_symbol == NULL))
   4030  1.1.1.2  christos 	    GOT_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME);
   4031  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4032  1.1.1.2  christos 	  reloc_exp = t;
   4033  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4034  1.1.1.2  christos #if 0
   4035  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (reloc > 0)
   4036  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4037  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* sanity checks.  */
   4038  1.1.1.2  christos 	      reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
   4039  1.1.1.2  christos 		= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
   4040  1.1.1.2  christos 					 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc);
   4041  1.1.1.2  christos 	      unsigned reloc_bitsize = reloc_howto->bitsize;
   4042  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (reloc_howto->rightshift)
   4043  1.1.1.2  christos 		reloc_bitsize -= reloc_howto->rightshift;
   4044  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (reloc_bitsize != operand->bits)
   4045  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   4046  1.1.1.2  christos 		  as_bad (_("invalid relocation %s for field"),
   4047  1.1.1.2  christos 			  bfd_get_reloc_code_name (reloc));
   4048  1.1.1.2  christos 		  return;
   4049  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   4050  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4051  1.1.1.2  christos #endif
   4052  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   4053  1.1.1.2  christos 	    as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   4054  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4055  1.1.1.2  christos 	  struct arc_fixup *fixup;
   4056  1.1.1.2  christos 	  fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   4057  1.1.1.2  christos 	  fixup->exp = *t;
   4058  1.1.1.2  christos 	  fixup->reloc = reloc;
   4059  1.1.1.4  christos 	  if ((int) reloc < 0)
   4060  1.1.1.4  christos 	    pcrel = (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_PCREL) ? 1 : 0;
   4061  1.1.1.4  christos 	  else
   4062  1.1.1.4  christos 	    {
   4063  1.1.1.4  christos 	      reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
   4064  1.1.1.4  christos 		bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
   4065  1.1.1.4  christos 				       (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
   4066  1.1.1.4  christos 	      pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
   4067  1.1.1.4  christos 	    }
   4068  1.1.1.2  christos 	  fixup->pcrel = pcrel;
   4069  1.1.1.6  christos 	  fixup->islong = (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM) != 0;
   4070  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   4071  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4072  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4073  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4074  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Handle flags.  */
   4075  1.1.1.2  christos   for (i = 0; i < nflg; i++)
   4076  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4077  1.1.1.3  christos       const struct arc_flag_operand *flg_operand = pflags[i].flgp;
   4078  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4079  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Check if the instruction has a delay slot.  */
   4080  1.1.1.2  christos       if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "d"))
   4081  1.1.1.6  christos 	has_delay_slot = true;
   4082  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4083  1.1.1.4  christos       /* There is an exceptional case when we cannot insert a flag just as
   4084  1.1.1.4  christos 	 it is.  On ARCv2 the '.t' and '.nt' flags must be handled in
   4085  1.1.1.4  christos 	 relation with the relative address.  Unfortunately, some of the
   4086  1.1.1.4  christos 	 ARC700 extensions (NPS400) also have a '.nt' flag that should be
   4087  1.1.1.4  christos 	 handled in the normal way.
   4088  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4089  1.1.1.4  christos 	 Flag operands don't have an architecture field, so we can't
   4090  1.1.1.4  christos 	 directly validate that FLAG_OPERAND is valid for the current
   4091  1.1.1.4  christos 	 architecture, what we do instead is just validate that we're
   4092  1.1.1.4  christos 	 assembling for an ARCv2 architecture.  */
   4093  1.1.1.4  christos       if ((selected_cpu.flags & ARC_OPCODE_ARCV2)
   4094  1.1.1.4  christos 	  && (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "t")
   4095  1.1.1.4  christos 	      || !strcmp (flg_operand->name, "nt")))
   4096  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4097  1.1.1.2  christos 	  unsigned bitYoperand = 0;
   4098  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* FIXME! move selection bbit/brcc in arc-opc.c.  */
   4099  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "t"))
   4100  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (!strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit0")
   4101  1.1.1.2  christos 		|| !strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit1"))
   4102  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bitYoperand = arc_NToperand;
   4103  1.1.1.2  christos 	    else
   4104  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bitYoperand = arc_Toperand;
   4105  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   4106  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (!strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit0")
   4107  1.1.1.2  christos 		|| !strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit1"))
   4108  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bitYoperand = arc_Toperand;
   4109  1.1.1.2  christos 	    else
   4110  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bitYoperand = arc_NToperand;
   4111  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4112  1.1.1.2  christos 	  gas_assert (reloc_exp != NULL);
   4113  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (reloc_exp->X_op == O_constant)
   4114  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4115  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Check if we have a constant and solved it
   4116  1.1.1.2  christos 		 immediately.  */
   4117  1.1.1.2  christos 	      offsetT val = reloc_exp->X_add_number;
   4118  1.1.1.2  christos 	      image |= insert_operand (image, &arc_operands[bitYoperand],
   4119  1.1.1.2  christos 				       val, NULL, 0);
   4120  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4121  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   4122  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   4123  1.1.1.2  christos 	      struct arc_fixup *fixup;
   4124  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4125  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
   4126  1.1.1.2  christos 		as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
   4127  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4128  1.1.1.2  christos 	      fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
   4129  1.1.1.2  christos 	      fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
   4130  1.1.1.2  christos 	      fixup->reloc = -bitYoperand;
   4131  1.1.1.2  christos 	      fixup->pcrel = pcrel;
   4132  1.1.1.6  christos 	      fixup->islong = false;
   4133  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   4134  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4135  1.1.1.2  christos       else
   4136  1.1.1.2  christos 	image |= (flg_operand->code & ((1 << flg_operand->bits) - 1))
   4137  1.1.1.2  christos 	  << flg_operand->shift;
   4138  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4139  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4140  1.1.1.3  christos   insn->relax = relax_insn_p (opcode, tok, ntok, pflags, nflg);
   4141  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4142  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Instruction length.  */
   4143  1.1.1.4  christos   insn->len = arc_opcode_len (opcode);
   4144  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4145  1.1.1.3  christos   insn->insn = image;
   4146  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4147  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Update last insn status.  */
   4148  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_last_insns[1]		   = arc_last_insns[0];
   4149  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_last_insns[0].opcode	   = opcode;
   4150  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_last_insns[0].has_limm	   = insn->has_limm;
   4151  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_last_insns[0].has_delay_slot = has_delay_slot;
   4152  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4153  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check if the current instruction is legally used.  */
   4154  1.1.1.3  christos   if (arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot
   4155  1.1.1.3  christos       && is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
   4156  1.1.1.4  christos     as_bad (_("Insn %s has a jump/branch instruction %s in its delay slot."),
   4157  1.1.1.4  christos 	    arc_last_insns[1].opcode->name,
   4158  1.1.1.4  christos 	    arc_last_insns[0].opcode->name);
   4159  1.1.1.4  christos   if (arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot
   4160  1.1.1.4  christos       && arc_last_insns[0].has_limm)
   4161  1.1.1.4  christos     as_bad (_("Insn %s has an instruction %s with limm in its delay slot."),
   4162  1.1.1.4  christos 	    arc_last_insns[1].opcode->name,
   4163  1.1.1.4  christos 	    arc_last_insns[0].opcode->name);
   4164  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4165  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4166  1.1.1.2  christos void
   4167  1.1.1.2  christos arc_handle_align (fragS* fragP)
   4168  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4169  1.1.1.2  christos   if ((fragP)->fr_type == rs_align_code)
   4170  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4171  1.1.1.2  christos       char *dest = (fragP)->fr_literal + (fragP)->fr_fix;
   4172  1.1.1.2  christos       valueT count = ((fragP)->fr_next->fr_address
   4173  1.1.1.2  christos 		      - (fragP)->fr_address - (fragP)->fr_fix);
   4174  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4175  1.1.1.2  christos       (fragP)->fr_var = 2;
   4176  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4177  1.1.1.2  christos       if (count & 1)/* Padding in the gap till the next 2-byte
   4178  1.1.1.2  christos 		       boundary with 0s.  */
   4179  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4180  1.1.1.2  christos 	  (fragP)->fr_fix++;
   4181  1.1.1.2  christos 	  *dest++ = 0;
   4182  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4183  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Writing nop_s.  */
   4184  1.1.1.2  christos       md_number_to_chars (dest, NOP_OPCODE_S, 2);
   4185  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4186  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4187  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4188  1.1.1.2  christos /* Here we decide which fixups can be adjusted to make them relative
   4189  1.1.1.2  christos    to the beginning of the section instead of the symbol.  Basically
   4190  1.1.1.2  christos    we need to make sure that the dynamic relocations are done
   4191  1.1.1.2  christos    correctly, so in some cases we force the original symbol to be
   4192  1.1.1.2  christos    used.  */
   4193  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4194  1.1.1.2  christos int
   4195  1.1.1.2  christos tc_arc_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixP)
   4196  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4197  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4198  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Prevent all adjustments to global symbols.  */
   4199  1.1.1.2  christos   if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy))
   4200  1.1.1.2  christos     return 0;
   4201  1.1.1.2  christos   if (S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy))
   4202  1.1.1.2  christos     return 0;
   4203  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4204  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Adjust_reloc_syms doesn't know about the GOT.  */
   4205  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
   4206  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4207  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32:
   4208  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32:
   4209  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
   4210  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
   4211  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
   4212  1.1.1.2  christos     case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
   4213  1.1.1.2  christos       return 0;
   4214  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4215  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   4216  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4217  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4218  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4219  1.1.1.3  christos   return 1;
   4220  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4221  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4222  1.1.1.2  christos /* Compute the reloc type of an expression EXP.  */
   4223  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4224  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   4225  1.1.1.2  christos arc_check_reloc (expressionS *exp,
   4226  1.1.1.2  christos 		 bfd_reloc_code_real_type *r_type_p)
   4227  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4228  1.1.1.2  christos   if (*r_type_p == BFD_RELOC_32
   4229  1.1.1.2  christos       && exp->X_op == O_subtract
   4230  1.1.1.2  christos       && exp->X_op_symbol != NULL
   4231  1.1.1.5  christos       && S_GET_SEGMENT (exp->X_op_symbol) == now_seg)
   4232  1.1.1.2  christos     *r_type_p = BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_PCREL;
   4233  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4234  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4235  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4236  1.1.1.2  christos /* Add expression EXP of SIZE bytes to offset OFF of fragment FRAG.  */
   4237  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4238  1.1.1.2  christos void
   4239  1.1.1.2  christos arc_cons_fix_new (fragS *frag,
   4240  1.1.1.2  christos 		  int off,
   4241  1.1.1.2  christos 		  int size,
   4242  1.1.1.2  christos 		  expressionS *exp,
   4243  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type)
   4244  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4245  1.1.1.2  christos   r_type = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   4246  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4247  1.1.1.2  christos   switch (size)
   4248  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4249  1.1.1.2  christos     case 1:
   4250  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_8;
   4251  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4252  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4253  1.1.1.2  christos     case 2:
   4254  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_16;
   4255  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4256  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4257  1.1.1.2  christos     case 3:
   4258  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_24;
   4259  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4260  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4261  1.1.1.2  christos     case 4:
   4262  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_32;
   4263  1.1.1.2  christos       arc_check_reloc (exp, &r_type);
   4264  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4265  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4266  1.1.1.2  christos     case 8:
   4267  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_64;
   4268  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4269  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4270  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   4271  1.1.1.2  christos       as_bad (_("unsupported BFD relocation size %u"), size);
   4272  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
   4273  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4274  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4275  1.1.1.2  christos   fix_new_exp (frag, off, size, exp, 0, r_type);
   4276  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4277  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4278  1.1.1.2  christos /* The actual routine that checks the ZOL conditions.  */
   4279  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4280  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   4281  1.1.1.2  christos check_zol (symbolS *s)
   4282  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4283  1.1.1.4  christos   switch (selected_cpu.mach)
   4284  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4285  1.1.1.2  christos     case bfd_mach_arc_arcv2:
   4286  1.1.1.4  christos       if (selected_cpu.flags & ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM)
   4287  1.1.1.2  christos 	return;
   4288  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4289  1.1.1.2  christos       if (is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode)
   4290  1.1.1.2  christos 	  || arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot)
   4291  1.1.1.2  christos 	as_bad (_("Jump/Branch instruction detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
   4292  1.1.1.2  christos 		S_GET_NAME (s));
   4293  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4294  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4295  1.1.1.2  christos     case bfd_mach_arc_arc600:
   4296  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4297  1.1.1.2  christos       if (is_kernel_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
   4298  1.1.1.2  christos 	as_bad (_("Kernel instruction detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
   4299  1.1.1.2  christos 		S_GET_NAME (s));
   4300  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4301  1.1.1.2  christos       if (arc_last_insns[0].has_limm
   4302  1.1.1.2  christos 	  && is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
   4303  1.1.1.2  christos 	as_bad (_("A jump instruction with long immediate detected at the \
   4304  1.1.1.2  christos end of the ZOL label @%s"), S_GET_NAME (s));
   4305  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4306  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Fall through.  */
   4307  1.1.1.2  christos     case bfd_mach_arc_arc700:
   4308  1.1.1.2  christos       if (arc_last_insns[0].has_delay_slot)
   4309  1.1.1.2  christos 	as_bad (_("An illegal use of delay slot detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
   4310  1.1.1.2  christos 		S_GET_NAME (s));
   4311  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4312  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4313  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   4314  1.1.1.2  christos       break;
   4315  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4316  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4317  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4318  1.1.1.2  christos /* If ZOL end check the last two instruction for illegals.  */
   4319  1.1.1.2  christos void
   4320  1.1.1.2  christos arc_frob_label (symbolS * sym)
   4321  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4322  1.1.1.2  christos   if (ARC_GET_FLAG (sym) & ARC_FLAG_ZOL)
   4323  1.1.1.2  christos     check_zol (sym);
   4324  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4325  1.1.1.2  christos   dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
   4326      1.1  christos }
   4327  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4328  1.1.1.3  christos /* Used because generic relaxation assumes a pc-rel value whilst we
   4329  1.1.1.3  christos    also relax instructions that use an absolute value resolved out of
   4330  1.1.1.3  christos    relative values (if that makes any sense).  An example: 'add r1,
   4331  1.1.1.3  christos    r2, @.L2 - .'  The symbols . and @.L2 are relative to the section
   4332  1.1.1.3  christos    but if they're in the same section we can subtract the section
   4333  1.1.1.3  christos    offset relocation which ends up in a resolved value.  So if @.L2 is
   4334  1.1.1.3  christos    .text + 0x50 and . is .text + 0x10, we can say that .text + 0x50 -
   4335  1.1.1.3  christos    .text + 0x40 = 0x10.  */
   4336  1.1.1.3  christos int
   4337  1.1.1.3  christos arc_pcrel_adjust (fragS *fragP)
   4338  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4339  1.1.1.4  christos   pr_debug ("arc_pcrel_adjust: address=%ld, fix=%ld, PCrel %s\n",
   4340  1.1.1.4  christos 	    fragP->fr_address, fragP->fr_fix,
   4341  1.1.1.4  christos 	    fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel ? "Y" : "N");
   4342  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4343  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel)
   4344  1.1.1.3  christos     return fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
   4345  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4346  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Take into account the PCL rounding.  */
   4347  1.1.1.4  christos   return (fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix) & 0x03;
   4348  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4349  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4350  1.1.1.3  christos /* Initialize the DWARF-2 unwind information for this procedure.  */
   4351  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4352  1.1.1.3  christos void
   4353  1.1.1.3  christos tc_arc_frame_initial_instructions (void)
   4354  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4355  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Stack pointer is register 28.  */
   4356  1.1.1.3  christos   cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (28, 0);
   4357  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4358  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4359  1.1.1.3  christos int
   4360  1.1.1.3  christos tc_arc_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
   4361  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4362  1.1.1.3  christos   struct symbol *sym;
   4363  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4364  1.1.1.6  christos   sym = str_hash_find (arc_reg_hash, regname);
   4365  1.1.1.3  christos   if (sym)
   4366  1.1.1.3  christos     return S_GET_VALUE (sym);
   4367  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4368  1.1.1.3  christos   return -1;
   4369  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4370  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4371  1.1.1.3  christos /* Adjust the symbol table.  Delete found AUX register symbols.  */
   4372  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4373  1.1.1.3  christos void
   4374  1.1.1.3  christos arc_adjust_symtab (void)
   4375  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4376  1.1.1.3  christos   symbolS * sym;
   4377  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4378  1.1.1.3  christos   for (sym = symbol_rootP; sym != NULL; sym = symbol_next (sym))
   4379  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4380  1.1.1.3  christos       /* I've created a symbol during parsing process.  Now, remove
   4381  1.1.1.3  christos 	 the symbol as it is found to be an AUX register.  */
   4382  1.1.1.3  christos       if (ARC_GET_FLAG (sym) & ARC_FLAG_AUX)
   4383  1.1.1.3  christos 	symbol_remove (sym, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
   4384  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4385  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4386  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Now do generic ELF adjustments.  */
   4387  1.1.1.3  christos   elf_adjust_symtab ();
   4388  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4389  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4390  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   4391  1.1.1.3  christos tokenize_extinsn (extInstruction_t *einsn)
   4392  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4393  1.1.1.3  christos   char *p, c;
   4394  1.1.1.3  christos   char *insn_name;
   4395  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char major_opcode;
   4396  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char sub_opcode;
   4397  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char syntax_class = 0;
   4398  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char syntax_class_modifiers = 0;
   4399  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char suffix_class = 0;
   4400  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned int i;
   4401  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4402  1.1.1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4403  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4404  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 1st: get instruction name.  */
   4405  1.1.1.3  christos   p = input_line_pointer;
   4406  1.1.1.3  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&p);
   4407  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4408  1.1.1.3  christos   insn_name = xstrdup (p);
   4409  1.1.1.3  christos   restore_line_pointer (c);
   4410  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4411  1.1.1.5  christos   /* Convert to lower case.  */
   4412  1.1.1.5  christos   for (p = insn_name; *p; ++p)
   4413  1.1.1.5  christos     *p = TOLOWER (*p);
   4414  1.1.1.5  christos 
   4415  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 2nd: get major opcode.  */
   4416  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4417  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4418  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("expected comma after instruction name"));
   4419  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4420  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   4421  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4422  1.1.1.3  christos   input_line_pointer++;
   4423  1.1.1.3  christos   major_opcode = get_absolute_expression ();
   4424  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4425  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 3rd: get sub-opcode.  */
   4426  1.1.1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4427  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4428  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4429  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4430  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("expected comma after major opcode"));
   4431  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4432  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   4433  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4434  1.1.1.3  christos   input_line_pointer++;
   4435  1.1.1.3  christos   sub_opcode = get_absolute_expression ();
   4436  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4437  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 4th: get suffix class.  */
   4438  1.1.1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4439  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4440  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4441  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4442  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad ("expected comma after sub opcode");
   4443  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4444  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   4445  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4446  1.1.1.3  christos   input_line_pointer++;
   4447  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4448  1.1.1.3  christos   while (1)
   4449  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4450  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4451  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4452  1.1.1.3  christos       for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (suffixclass); i++)
   4453  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4454  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!strncmp (suffixclass[i].name, input_line_pointer,
   4455  1.1.1.3  christos 			suffixclass[i].len))
   4456  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   4457  1.1.1.3  christos 	      suffix_class |= suffixclass[i].attr_class;
   4458  1.1.1.3  christos 	      input_line_pointer += suffixclass[i].len;
   4459  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   4460  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   4461  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4462  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4463  1.1.1.3  christos       if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (suffixclass))
   4464  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4465  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad ("invalid suffix class");
   4466  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4467  1.1.1.3  christos 	  return;
   4468  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4469  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4470  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4471  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4472  1.1.1.3  christos       if (*input_line_pointer == '|')
   4473  1.1.1.3  christos 	input_line_pointer++;
   4474  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   4475  1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   4476  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4477  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4478  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 5th: get syntax class and syntax class modifiers.  */
   4479  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4480  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4481  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad ("expected comma after suffix class");
   4482  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4483  1.1.1.3  christos       return;
   4484  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4485  1.1.1.3  christos   input_line_pointer++;
   4486  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4487  1.1.1.3  christos   while (1)
   4488  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4489  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4490  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4491  1.1.1.3  christos       for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclassmod); i++)
   4492  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4493  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (!strncmp (syntaxclassmod[i].name,
   4494  1.1.1.3  christos 			input_line_pointer,
   4495  1.1.1.3  christos 			syntaxclassmod[i].len))
   4496  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   4497  1.1.1.3  christos 	      syntax_class_modifiers |= syntaxclassmod[i].attr_class;
   4498  1.1.1.3  christos 	      input_line_pointer += syntaxclassmod[i].len;
   4499  1.1.1.3  christos 	      break;
   4500  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   4501  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4502  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4503  1.1.1.3  christos       if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclassmod))
   4504  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4505  1.1.1.3  christos 	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclass); i++)
   4506  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   4507  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (!strncmp (syntaxclass[i].name,
   4508  1.1.1.3  christos 			    input_line_pointer,
   4509  1.1.1.3  christos 			    syntaxclass[i].len))
   4510  1.1.1.3  christos 		{
   4511  1.1.1.3  christos 		  syntax_class |= syntaxclass[i].attr_class;
   4512  1.1.1.3  christos 		  input_line_pointer += syntaxclass[i].len;
   4513  1.1.1.3  christos 		  break;
   4514  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   4515  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   4516  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4517  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclass))
   4518  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   4519  1.1.1.3  christos 	      as_bad ("missing syntax class");
   4520  1.1.1.3  christos 	      ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4521  1.1.1.3  christos 	      return;
   4522  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   4523  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4524  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4525  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4526  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4527  1.1.1.3  christos       if (*input_line_pointer == '|')
   4528  1.1.1.3  christos 	input_line_pointer++;
   4529  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   4530  1.1.1.3  christos 	break;
   4531  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4532  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4533  1.1.1.3  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4534  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4535  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->name   = insn_name;
   4536  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->major  = major_opcode;
   4537  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->minor  = sub_opcode;
   4538  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->syntax = syntax_class;
   4539  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->modsyn = syntax_class_modifiers;
   4540  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->suffix = suffix_class;
   4541  1.1.1.3  christos   einsn->flags  = syntax_class
   4542  1.1.1.3  christos     | (syntax_class_modifiers & ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED ? 0x10 : 0);
   4543  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4544  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4545  1.1.1.3  christos /* Generate an extension section.  */
   4546  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4547  1.1.1.3  christos static int
   4548  1.1.1.3  christos arc_set_ext_seg (void)
   4549  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4550  1.1.1.3  christos   if (!arcext_section)
   4551  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4552  1.1.1.3  christos       arcext_section = subseg_new (".arcextmap", 0);
   4553  1.1.1.5  christos       bfd_set_section_flags (arcext_section, SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
   4554  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4555  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   4556  1.1.1.3  christos     subseg_set (arcext_section, 0);
   4557  1.1.1.3  christos   return 1;
   4558  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4559  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4560  1.1.1.3  christos /* Create an extension instruction description in the arc extension
   4561  1.1.1.3  christos    section of the output file.
   4562  1.1.1.3  christos    The structure for an instruction is like this:
   4563  1.1.1.3  christos    [0]: Length of the record.
   4564  1.1.1.3  christos    [1]: Type of the record.
   4565  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4566  1.1.1.3  christos    [2]: Major opcode.
   4567  1.1.1.3  christos    [3]: Sub-opcode.
   4568  1.1.1.3  christos    [4]: Syntax (flags).
   4569  1.1.1.3  christos    [5]+ Name instruction.
   4570  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4571  1.1.1.3  christos    The sequence is terminated by an empty entry.  */
   4572  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4573  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   4574  1.1.1.3  christos create_extinst_section (extInstruction_t *einsn)
   4575  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4576  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4577  1.1.1.3  christos   segT old_sec    = now_seg;
   4578  1.1.1.3  christos   int old_subsec  = now_subseg;
   4579  1.1.1.3  christos   char *p;
   4580  1.1.1.3  christos   int name_len    = strlen (einsn->name);
   4581  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4582  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_set_ext_seg ();
   4583  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4584  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (1);
   4585  1.1.1.3  christos   *p = 5 + name_len + 1;
   4586  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (1);
   4587  1.1.1.3  christos   *p = EXT_INSTRUCTION;
   4588  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (1);
   4589  1.1.1.3  christos   *p = einsn->major;
   4590  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (1);
   4591  1.1.1.3  christos   *p = einsn->minor;
   4592  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (1);
   4593  1.1.1.3  christos   *p = einsn->flags;
   4594  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (name_len + 1);
   4595  1.1.1.3  christos   strcpy (p, einsn->name);
   4596  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4597  1.1.1.3  christos   subseg_set (old_sec, old_subsec);
   4598  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4599  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4600  1.1.1.3  christos /* Handler .extinstruction pseudo-op.  */
   4601  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4602  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   4603  1.1.1.3  christos arc_extinsn (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4604  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4605  1.1.1.3  christos   extInstruction_t einsn;
   4606  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_opcode *arc_ext_opcodes;
   4607  1.1.1.3  christos   const char *errmsg = NULL;
   4608  1.1.1.3  christos   unsigned char moplow, mophigh;
   4609  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4610  1.1.1.3  christos   memset (&einsn, 0, sizeof (einsn));
   4611  1.1.1.3  christos   tokenize_extinsn (&einsn);
   4612  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4613  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check if the name is already used.  */
   4614  1.1.1.3  christos   if (arc_find_opcode (einsn.name))
   4615  1.1.1.3  christos     as_warn (_("Pseudocode already used %s"), einsn.name);
   4616  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4617  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Check the opcode ranges.  */
   4618  1.1.1.3  christos   moplow = 0x05;
   4619  1.1.1.4  christos   mophigh = (selected_cpu.flags & (ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM
   4620  1.1.1.4  christos                                    | ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2HS)) ? 0x07 : 0x0a;
   4621  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4622  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((einsn.major > mophigh) || (einsn.major < moplow))
   4623  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("major opcode not in range [0x%02x - 0x%02x]"), moplow, mophigh);
   4624  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4625  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((einsn.minor > 0x3f) && (einsn.major != 0x0a)
   4626  1.1.1.3  christos       && (einsn.major != 5) && (einsn.major != 9))
   4627  1.1.1.3  christos     as_fatal (_("minor opcode not in range [0x00 - 0x3f]"));
   4628  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4629  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (einsn.syntax & ARC_SYNTAX_MASK)
   4630  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4631  1.1.1.3  christos     case ARC_SYNTAX_3OP:
   4632  1.1.1.3  christos       if (einsn.modsyn & ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED)
   4633  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("Improper use of OP1_IMM_IMPLIED"));
   4634  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4635  1.1.1.3  christos     case ARC_SYNTAX_2OP:
   4636  1.1.1.3  christos     case ARC_SYNTAX_1OP:
   4637  1.1.1.3  christos     case ARC_SYNTAX_NOP:
   4638  1.1.1.3  christos       if (einsn.modsyn & ARC_OP1_MUST_BE_IMM)
   4639  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("Improper use of OP1_MUST_BE_IMM"));
   4640  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4641  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   4642  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4643  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4644  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4645  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_ext_opcodes = arcExtMap_genOpcode (&einsn, selected_cpu.flags, &errmsg);
   4646  1.1.1.3  christos   if (arc_ext_opcodes == NULL)
   4647  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4648  1.1.1.3  christos       if (errmsg)
   4649  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal ("%s", errmsg);
   4650  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   4651  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_fatal (_("Couldn't generate extension instruction opcodes"));
   4652  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4653  1.1.1.3  christos   else if (errmsg)
   4654  1.1.1.3  christos     as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
   4655  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4656  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Insert the extension instruction.  */
   4657  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_insert_opcode ((const struct arc_opcode *) arc_ext_opcodes);
   4658  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4659  1.1.1.3  christos   create_extinst_section (&einsn);
   4660  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4661  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4662  1.1.1.6  christos static bool
   4663  1.1.1.3  christos tokenize_extregister (extRegister_t *ereg, int opertype)
   4664  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4665  1.1.1.3  christos   char *name;
   4666  1.1.1.3  christos   char *mode;
   4667  1.1.1.3  christos   char c;
   4668  1.1.1.3  christos   char *p;
   4669  1.1.1.3  christos   int number, imode = 0;
   4670  1.1.1.6  christos   bool isCore_p = opertype == EXT_CORE_REGISTER;
   4671  1.1.1.6  christos   bool isReg_p = opertype == EXT_CORE_REGISTER || opertype == EXT_AUX_REGISTER;
   4672  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4673  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 1st: get register name.  */
   4674  1.1.1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4675  1.1.1.3  christos   p = input_line_pointer;
   4676  1.1.1.3  christos   c = get_symbol_name (&p);
   4677  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4678  1.1.1.3  christos   name = xstrdup (p);
   4679  1.1.1.3  christos   restore_line_pointer (c);
   4680  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4681  1.1.1.3  christos   /* 2nd: get register number.  */
   4682  1.1.1.3  christos   SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4683  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4684  1.1.1.3  christos   if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4685  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4686  1.1.1.4  christos       as_bad (_("expected comma after name"));
   4687  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4688  1.1.1.3  christos       free (name);
   4689  1.1.1.6  christos       return false;
   4690  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4691  1.1.1.3  christos   input_line_pointer++;
   4692  1.1.1.3  christos   number = get_absolute_expression ();
   4693  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4694  1.1.1.4  christos   if ((number < 0)
   4695  1.1.1.4  christos       && (opertype != EXT_AUX_REGISTER))
   4696  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4697  1.1.1.4  christos       as_bad (_("%s second argument cannot be a negative number %d"),
   4698  1.1.1.4  christos 	      isCore_p ? "extCoreRegister's" : "extCondCode's",
   4699  1.1.1.4  christos 	      number);
   4700  1.1.1.3  christos       ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4701  1.1.1.3  christos       free (name);
   4702  1.1.1.6  christos       return false;
   4703  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4704  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4705  1.1.1.3  christos   if (isReg_p)
   4706  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4707  1.1.1.3  christos       /* 3rd: get register mode.  */
   4708  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4709  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4710  1.1.1.3  christos       if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4711  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4712  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad (_("expected comma after register number"));
   4713  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4714  1.1.1.3  christos 	  free (name);
   4715  1.1.1.6  christos 	  return false;
   4716  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4717  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4718  1.1.1.3  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   4719  1.1.1.3  christos       mode = input_line_pointer;
   4720  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4721  1.1.1.6  christos       if (startswith (mode, "r|w"))
   4722  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4723  1.1.1.3  christos 	  imode = 0;
   4724  1.1.1.3  christos 	  input_line_pointer += 3;
   4725  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4726  1.1.1.6  christos       else if (startswith (mode, "r"))
   4727  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4728  1.1.1.3  christos 	  imode = ARC_REGISTER_READONLY;
   4729  1.1.1.3  christos 	  input_line_pointer += 1;
   4730  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4731  1.1.1.6  christos       else if (!startswith (mode, "w"))
   4732  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4733  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad (_("invalid mode"));
   4734  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4735  1.1.1.3  christos 	  free (name);
   4736  1.1.1.6  christos 	  return false;
   4737  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4738  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   4739  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4740  1.1.1.3  christos 	  imode = ARC_REGISTER_WRITEONLY;
   4741  1.1.1.3  christos 	  input_line_pointer += 1;
   4742  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4743  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4744  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4745  1.1.1.3  christos   if (isCore_p)
   4746  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4747  1.1.1.3  christos       /* 4th: get core register shortcut.  */
   4748  1.1.1.3  christos       SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
   4749  1.1.1.3  christos       if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
   4750  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4751  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad (_("expected comma after register mode"));
   4752  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4753  1.1.1.3  christos 	  free (name);
   4754  1.1.1.6  christos 	  return false;
   4755  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4756  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4757  1.1.1.3  christos       input_line_pointer++;
   4758  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4759  1.1.1.6  christos       if (startswith (input_line_pointer, "cannot_shortcut"))
   4760  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4761  1.1.1.3  christos 	  imode |= ARC_REGISTER_NOSHORT_CUT;
   4762  1.1.1.3  christos 	  input_line_pointer += 15;
   4763  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4764  1.1.1.6  christos       else if (!startswith (input_line_pointer, "can_shortcut"))
   4765  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4766  1.1.1.3  christos 	  as_bad (_("shortcut designator invalid"));
   4767  1.1.1.3  christos 	  ignore_rest_of_line ();
   4768  1.1.1.3  christos 	  free (name);
   4769  1.1.1.6  christos 	  return false;
   4770  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4771  1.1.1.3  christos       else
   4772  1.1.1.3  christos 	{
   4773  1.1.1.3  christos 	  input_line_pointer += 12;
   4774  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   4775  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4776  1.1.1.3  christos   demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
   4777  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4778  1.1.1.3  christos   ereg->name = name;
   4779  1.1.1.3  christos   ereg->number = number;
   4780  1.1.1.3  christos   ereg->imode  = imode;
   4781  1.1.1.6  christos   return true;
   4782  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4783  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4784  1.1.1.3  christos /* Create an extension register/condition description in the arc
   4785  1.1.1.3  christos    extension section of the output file.
   4786  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4787  1.1.1.3  christos    The structure for an instruction is like this:
   4788  1.1.1.3  christos    [0]: Length of the record.
   4789  1.1.1.3  christos    [1]: Type of the record.
   4790  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4791  1.1.1.3  christos    For core regs and condition codes:
   4792  1.1.1.3  christos    [2]: Value.
   4793  1.1.1.3  christos    [3]+ Name.
   4794  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4795  1.1.1.4  christos    For auxiliary registers:
   4796  1.1.1.3  christos    [2..5]: Value.
   4797  1.1.1.3  christos    [6]+ Name
   4798  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4799  1.1.1.3  christos    The sequence is terminated by an empty entry.  */
   4800  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4801  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   4802  1.1.1.3  christos create_extcore_section (extRegister_t *ereg, int opertype)
   4803  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4804  1.1.1.3  christos   segT old_sec   = now_seg;
   4805  1.1.1.3  christos   int old_subsec = now_subseg;
   4806  1.1.1.3  christos   char *p;
   4807  1.1.1.3  christos   int name_len   = strlen (ereg->name);
   4808  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4809  1.1.1.3  christos   arc_set_ext_seg ();
   4810  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4811  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (opertype)
   4812  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4813  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_COND_CODE:
   4814  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_CORE_REGISTER:
   4815  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4816  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = 3 + name_len + 1;
   4817  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4818  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = opertype;
   4819  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4820  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = ereg->number;
   4821  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4822  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_AUX_REGISTER:
   4823  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4824  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = 6 + name_len + 1;
   4825  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4826  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = EXT_AUX_REGISTER;
   4827  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4828  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = (ereg->number >> 24) & 0xff;
   4829  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4830  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = (ereg->number >> 16) & 0xff;
   4831  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4832  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = (ereg->number >>  8) & 0xff;
   4833  1.1.1.3  christos       p = frag_more (1);
   4834  1.1.1.3  christos       *p = (ereg->number)       & 0xff;
   4835  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4836  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   4837  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4838  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4839  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4840  1.1.1.3  christos   p = frag_more (name_len + 1);
   4841  1.1.1.3  christos   strcpy (p, ereg->name);
   4842  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4843  1.1.1.3  christos   subseg_set (old_sec, old_subsec);
   4844  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4845  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4846  1.1.1.3  christos /* Handler .extCoreRegister pseudo-op.  */
   4847  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4848  1.1.1.3  christos static void
   4849  1.1.1.3  christos arc_extcorereg (int opertype)
   4850  1.1.1.3  christos {
   4851  1.1.1.3  christos   extRegister_t ereg;
   4852  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_aux_reg *auxr;
   4853  1.1.1.3  christos   struct arc_flag_operand *ccode;
   4854  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4855  1.1.1.3  christos   memset (&ereg, 0, sizeof (ereg));
   4856  1.1.1.4  christos   if (!tokenize_extregister (&ereg, opertype))
   4857  1.1.1.4  christos     return;
   4858  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4859  1.1.1.3  christos   switch (opertype)
   4860  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   4861  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_CORE_REGISTER:
   4862  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Core register.  */
   4863  1.1.1.3  christos       if (ereg.number > 60)
   4864  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_bad (_("core register %s value (%d) too large"), ereg.name,
   4865  1.1.1.3  christos 		ereg.number);
   4866  1.1.1.3  christos       declare_register (ereg.name, ereg.number);
   4867  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4868  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_AUX_REGISTER:
   4869  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Auxiliary register.  */
   4870  1.1.1.3  christos       auxr = XNEW (struct arc_aux_reg);
   4871  1.1.1.3  christos       auxr->name = ereg.name;
   4872  1.1.1.4  christos       auxr->cpu = selected_cpu.flags;
   4873  1.1.1.3  christos       auxr->subclass = NONE;
   4874  1.1.1.3  christos       auxr->address = ereg.number;
   4875  1.1.1.6  christos       if (str_hash_insert (arc_aux_hash, auxr->name, auxr, 0) != NULL)
   4876  1.1.1.6  christos 	as_bad (_("duplicate aux register %s"), auxr->name);
   4877  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4878  1.1.1.3  christos     case EXT_COND_CODE:
   4879  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Condition code.  */
   4880  1.1.1.3  christos       if (ereg.number > 31)
   4881  1.1.1.3  christos 	as_bad (_("condition code %s value (%d) too large"), ereg.name,
   4882  1.1.1.3  christos 		ereg.number);
   4883  1.1.1.3  christos       ext_condcode.size ++;
   4884  1.1.1.3  christos       ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode =
   4885  1.1.1.3  christos 	XRESIZEVEC (struct arc_flag_operand, ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode,
   4886  1.1.1.3  christos 		    ext_condcode.size + 1);
   4887  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4888  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode = ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode + ext_condcode.size - 1;
   4889  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode->name   = ereg.name;
   4890  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode->code   = ereg.number;
   4891  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode->bits   = 5;
   4892  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode->shift  = 0;
   4893  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode->favail = 0; /* not used.  */
   4894  1.1.1.3  christos       ccode++;
   4895  1.1.1.3  christos       memset (ccode, 0, sizeof (struct arc_flag_operand));
   4896  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4897  1.1.1.3  christos     default:
   4898  1.1.1.3  christos       as_bad (_("Unknown extension"));
   4899  1.1.1.3  christos       break;
   4900  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4901  1.1.1.3  christos   create_extcore_section (&ereg, opertype);
   4902  1.1.1.3  christos }
   4903  1.1.1.3  christos 
   4904  1.1.1.4  christos /* Parse a .arc_attribute directive.  */
   4905  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4906  1.1.1.4  christos static void
   4907  1.1.1.4  christos arc_attribute (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4908  1.1.1.4  christos {
   4909  1.1.1.4  christos   int tag = obj_elf_vendor_attribute (OBJ_ATTR_PROC);
   4910  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4911  1.1.1.4  christos   if (tag < NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES)
   4912  1.1.1.6  christos     attributes_set_explicitly[tag] = true;
   4913  1.1.1.4  christos }
   4914  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4915  1.1.1.4  christos /* Set an attribute if it has not already been set by the user.  */
   4916  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4917  1.1.1.4  christos static void
   4918  1.1.1.4  christos arc_set_attribute_int (int tag, int value)
   4919  1.1.1.4  christos {
   4920  1.1.1.4  christos   if (tag < 1
   4921  1.1.1.4  christos       || tag >= NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES
   4922  1.1.1.4  christos       || !attributes_set_explicitly[tag])
   4923  1.1.1.4  christos     bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_int (stdoutput, tag, value);
   4924  1.1.1.4  christos }
   4925  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4926  1.1.1.4  christos static void
   4927  1.1.1.4  christos arc_set_attribute_string (int tag, const char *value)
   4928  1.1.1.4  christos {
   4929  1.1.1.4  christos   if (tag < 1
   4930  1.1.1.4  christos       || tag >= NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES
   4931  1.1.1.4  christos       || !attributes_set_explicitly[tag])
   4932  1.1.1.4  christos     bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_string (stdoutput, tag, value);
   4933  1.1.1.4  christos }
   4934  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4935  1.1.1.4  christos /* Allocate and concatenate two strings.  s1 can be NULL but not
   4936  1.1.1.4  christos    s2.  s1 pointer is freed at end of this procedure.  */
   4937  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4938  1.1.1.4  christos static char *
   4939  1.1.1.4  christos arc_stralloc (char * s1, const char * s2)
   4940  1.1.1.4  christos {
   4941  1.1.1.4  christos   char * p;
   4942  1.1.1.4  christos   int len = 0;
   4943  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4944  1.1.1.4  christos   if (s1)
   4945  1.1.1.4  christos     len = strlen (s1) + 1;
   4946  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4947  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Only s1 can be null.  */
   4948  1.1.1.4  christos   gas_assert (s2);
   4949  1.1.1.4  christos   len += strlen (s2) + 1;
   4950  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4951  1.1.1.4  christos   p = (char *) xmalloc (len);
   4952  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4953  1.1.1.4  christos   if (s1)
   4954  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   4955  1.1.1.4  christos       strcpy (p, s1);
   4956  1.1.1.4  christos       strcat (p, ",");
   4957  1.1.1.4  christos       strcat (p, s2);
   4958  1.1.1.4  christos       free (s1);
   4959  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   4960  1.1.1.4  christos   else
   4961  1.1.1.4  christos     strcpy (p, s2);
   4962  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4963  1.1.1.4  christos   return p;
   4964  1.1.1.4  christos }
   4965  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4966  1.1.1.4  christos /* Set the public ARC object attributes.  */
   4967  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4968  1.1.1.4  christos static void
   4969  1.1.1.4  christos arc_set_public_attributes (void)
   4970  1.1.1.4  christos {
   4971  1.1.1.4  christos   int base = 0;
   4972  1.1.1.4  christos   char *s = NULL;
   4973  1.1.1.4  christos   unsigned int i;
   4974  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4975  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Tag_ARC_CPU_name.  */
   4976  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_set_attribute_string (Tag_ARC_CPU_name, selected_cpu.name);
   4977  1.1.1.4  christos 
   4978  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Tag_ARC_CPU_base.  */
   4979  1.1.1.4  christos   switch (selected_cpu.eflags & EF_ARC_MACH_MSK)
   4980  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   4981  1.1.1.4  christos     case E_ARC_MACH_ARC600:
   4982  1.1.1.4  christos     case E_ARC_MACH_ARC601:
   4983  1.1.1.4  christos       base = TAG_CPU_ARC6xx;
   4984  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
   4985  1.1.1.4  christos     case E_ARC_MACH_ARC700:
   4986  1.1.1.4  christos       base = TAG_CPU_ARC7xx;
   4987  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
   4988  1.1.1.4  christos     case EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2EM:
   4989  1.1.1.4  christos       base = TAG_CPU_ARCEM;
   4990  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
   4991  1.1.1.4  christos     case EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2HS:
   4992  1.1.1.4  christos       base = TAG_CPU_ARCHS;
   4993  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
   4994  1.1.1.4  christos     default:
   4995  1.1.1.4  christos       base = 0;
   4996  1.1.1.4  christos       break;
   4997  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   4998  1.1.1.4  christos   if (attributes_set_explicitly[Tag_ARC_CPU_base]
   4999  1.1.1.4  christos       && (base != bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (stdoutput, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
   5000  1.1.1.4  christos 					    Tag_ARC_CPU_base)))
   5001  1.1.1.4  christos     as_warn (_("Overwrite explicitly set Tag_ARC_CPU_base"));
   5002  1.1.1.4  christos   bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_int (stdoutput, Tag_ARC_CPU_base, base);
   5003  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5004  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Tag_ARC_ABI_osver.  */
   5005  1.1.1.4  christos   if (attributes_set_explicitly[Tag_ARC_ABI_osver])
   5006  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   5007  1.1.1.4  christos       int val = bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (stdoutput, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
   5008  1.1.1.4  christos 					  Tag_ARC_ABI_osver);
   5009  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5010  1.1.1.4  christos       selected_cpu.eflags = ((selected_cpu.eflags & ~EF_ARC_OSABI_MSK)
   5011  1.1.1.4  christos 			     | (val & 0x0f << 8));
   5012  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   5013  1.1.1.4  christos   else
   5014  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   5015  1.1.1.4  christos       arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_osver, E_ARC_OSABI_CURRENT >> 8);
   5016  1.1.1.4  christos     }
   5017  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5018  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Tag_ARC_ISA_config.  */
   5019  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_check_feature();
   5020  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5021  1.1.1.4  christos   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (feature_list); i++)
   5022  1.1.1.4  christos     if (selected_cpu.features & feature_list[i].feature)
   5023  1.1.1.4  christos       s = arc_stralloc (s, feature_list[i].attr);
   5024  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5025  1.1.1.4  christos   if (s)
   5026  1.1.1.4  christos     arc_set_attribute_string (Tag_ARC_ISA_config, s);
   5027  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5028  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Tag_ARC_ISA_mpy_option.  */
   5029  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ISA_mpy_option, mpy_option);
   5030  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5031  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Tag_ARC_ABI_pic.  */
   5032  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_pic, pic_option);
   5033  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5034  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Tag_ARC_ABI_sda.  */
   5035  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_sda, sda_option);
   5036  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5037  1.1.1.4  christos   /* Tag_ARC_ABI_tls.  */
   5038  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_tls, tls_option);
   5039  1.1.1.5  christos 
   5040  1.1.1.5  christos   /* Tag_ARC_ATR_version.  */
   5041  1.1.1.5  christos   arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ATR_version, 1);
   5042  1.1.1.5  christos 
   5043  1.1.1.5  christos   /* Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16.  */
   5044  1.1.1.5  christos   if (attributes_set_explicitly[Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16]
   5045  1.1.1.5  christos       && bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (stdoutput, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
   5046  1.1.1.5  christos 				   Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16)
   5047  1.1.1.5  christos       && !rf16_only)
   5048  1.1.1.5  christos     {
   5049  1.1.1.5  christos       as_warn (_("Overwrite explicitly set Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16 to full "
   5050  1.1.1.5  christos 		 "register file"));
   5051  1.1.1.5  christos       bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_int (stdoutput, Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16, 0);
   5052  1.1.1.5  christos     }
   5053  1.1.1.4  christos }
   5054  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5055  1.1.1.4  christos /* Add the default contents for the .ARC.attributes section.  */
   5056  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5057  1.1.1.4  christos void
   5058  1.1.1.4  christos arc_md_end (void)
   5059  1.1.1.4  christos {
   5060  1.1.1.4  christos   arc_set_public_attributes ();
   5061  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5062  1.1.1.4  christos   if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_arc, selected_cpu.mach))
   5063  1.1.1.4  christos     as_fatal (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
   5064  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5065  1.1.1.4  christos   bfd_set_private_flags (stdoutput, selected_cpu.eflags);
   5066  1.1.1.4  christos }
   5067  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5068  1.1.1.4  christos void arc_copy_symbol_attributes (symbolS *dest, symbolS *src)
   5069  1.1.1.4  christos {
   5070  1.1.1.4  christos   ARC_GET_FLAG (dest) = ARC_GET_FLAG (src);
   5071  1.1.1.4  christos }
   5072  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5073  1.1.1.4  christos int arc_convert_symbolic_attribute (const char *name)
   5074  1.1.1.4  christos {
   5075  1.1.1.4  christos   static const struct
   5076  1.1.1.4  christos   {
   5077  1.1.1.4  christos     const char * name;
   5078  1.1.1.4  christos     const int    tag;
   5079  1.1.1.4  christos   }
   5080  1.1.1.4  christos   attribute_table[] =
   5081  1.1.1.4  christos     {
   5082  1.1.1.4  christos #define T(tag) {#tag, tag}
   5083  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_PCS_config),
   5084  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_CPU_base),
   5085  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_CPU_variation),
   5086  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_CPU_name),
   5087  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16),
   5088  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ABI_osver),
   5089  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ABI_sda),
   5090  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ABI_pic),
   5091  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ABI_tls),
   5092  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ABI_enumsize),
   5093  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ABI_exceptions),
   5094  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ABI_double_size),
   5095  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ISA_config),
   5096  1.1.1.4  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ISA_apex),
   5097  1.1.1.5  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ISA_mpy_option),
   5098  1.1.1.5  christos   T (Tag_ARC_ATR_version)
   5099  1.1.1.4  christos #undef T
   5100  1.1.1.4  christos     };
   5101  1.1.1.4  christos   unsigned int i;
   5102  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5103  1.1.1.4  christos   if (name == NULL)
   5104  1.1.1.4  christos     return -1;
   5105  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5106  1.1.1.4  christos   for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (attribute_table); i++)
   5107  1.1.1.4  christos     if (streq (name, attribute_table[i].name))
   5108  1.1.1.4  christos       return attribute_table[i].tag;
   5109  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5110  1.1.1.4  christos   return -1;
   5111  1.1.1.4  christos }
   5112  1.1.1.4  christos 
   5113  1.1.1.3  christos /* Local variables:
   5114  1.1.1.3  christos    eval: (c-set-style "gnu")
   5115  1.1.1.3  christos    indent-tabs-mode: t
   5116  1.1.1.3  christos    End:  */
   5117